JP2021065348A - Apparatus for producing beverage and method for making recipe - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide an apparatus for producing beverage devised so as to transmit information about beverage to a user as easily as possible, and to provide a method for making recipes.SOLUTION: An apparatus for producing beverage includes: acquisition means 121a of acquiring a recipe to be used in a part or all of steps of producing beverage; processing means 11a of executing processes (process of opening/closing control of various valves shown in figure 3) for producing beverage, referring to a parameter (first-time amount of hot-water supply) included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means 121a; production means 14 of producing beverage by being operated by the processes executed by the processing means 11a; and capturing means 1230 of capturing images. The images captured by the capturing means 1230 can be stored (can be stored in a storage part 1303 of a server 1201, equivalent to a server 16 shown in figure 31, or in a storage part 121b) in association with the recipe.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 40

Description

The present invention relates to a beverage manufacturing technique.

Beverage production devices for producing coffee beverages and the like have been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).

In addition, some beverage production devices produce beverages according to various production conditions (recipe) for producing beverages.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 05-081544 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2003-024703 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-66697

The user may want to know more about the beverages provided by the beverage production equipment.

In view of the above circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a beverage manufacturing apparatus devised to convey information about a beverage to a user in an easy-to-understand manner, and a method for producing a recipe.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus of the present invention that solves the above object is
An acquisition method for acquiring recipes used in some or all processes of beverage production,
A processing means for executing a process for producing a beverage with reference to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means, and a processing means.
A manufacturing means that operates by the processing performed by the processing means to produce a beverage, and
Shooting means to take an image and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
The image taken by the shooting means can be saved in association with the recipe.
It is characterized by that.

The method for creating a recipe of the present invention that solves the above object is
A method of creating a recipe that includes parameters for producing a beverage in a beverage production apparatus equipped with a display means and a photographing means.
A start step in which the display means starts displaying a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe, including an input for the parameter.
A shooting step of shooting with the shooting means while the recipe creation display is displayed on the display means, and
A storage step in which the image taken in the shooting step is associated with the completed recipe using the recipe creation display and stored in the storage means, and
It is characterized by having.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a beverage manufacturing apparatus devised to convey information about a beverage to a user in an easy-to-understand manner, and a method for creating a recipe.

It is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus. It is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. It is a schematic diagram of the function of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. It is a partially cutaway perspective view of a separation device. It is a perspective view of a drive unit and an extraction container. It is a figure which shows the closed state and the open state of the extraction container of FIG. It is a front view which shows the structure of a part of the upper unit and the lower unit. FIG. 7 is a vertical cross-sectional view of FIG. 7. It is a schematic diagram of a central unit. It is a block diagram of the control device of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. (A) and (B) are flowcharts showing a control example executed by a control device. It is a schematic diagram which shows the structural example of the liquid feed amount adjustment device which can function as a water tank. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of the cross-sectional structure of the liquid feed amount adjusting device. It is a figure which shows some operation example of the liquid feed amount adjustment apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the control example which a control device executes. It is a figure which shows the operation mode of the liquid feed amount adjusting apparatus in the manufacturing process of a beverage. It is a figure which shows the operation mode of the liquid feed amount adjusting apparatus in the manufacturing process of a beverage. It is a figure which shows the change mode of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container in the manufacturing process of a beverage. It is a figure which shows the table of the extraction process S3' stored in the storage part shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the change mode of the air pressure in the extraction container, and the amount of hot water in a beverage manufacturing process. It is a figure which shows the change mode of the target value and the measured value of the air pressure in the extraction container and the amount of hot water in a beverage manufacturing process. It is a figure which shows the communication system which includes the beverage manufacturing apparatus, the information display apparatus, and a server which concerns on one Embodiment. It is a block diagram of a server. It is a block diagram of an information display device. It is a figure which shows the example of data stored in a server. It is a flowchart which shows the control example of an information display device. It is a flowchart which shows the control example of a server. It is a figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. It is a block diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. It is a figure which shows the information display device 12 which displays the recipe list. It is a figure which shows the screen which is displayed when the recipe Re1 of "daito blend" on the left side is tapped on the display screen shown in FIG. 32. It is a figure which shows the information display device 12 which displays the recipe management application list. It is a figure which shows the start screen of the recipe management application of a tour. It is a figure which shows the explanatory screen about the setting of the extraction method of the 1st stage. It is a figure which shows the screen which inputs the ground particle size of a bean which is one of the parameters in grind. It is a figure which shows the screen about the input of the bean information of the 2nd stage. It is a figure which shows the screen about the selection of the bean information of the 2nd stage. It is a figure which shows the screen about the input of the varistor information of the 3rd stage. (A) is a flowchart showing a recipe creation method on the screen for inputting varistor information shown in FIG. 40, and (b) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of a recipe creation program. It is a figure which shows the screen about the selection of the varistor information of the 3rd stage. It is a figure which shows the start screen about the recipe card creation of the 4th stage. It is a figure which shows the input screen of a recipe card. It is a figure which shows the confirmation screen of the registration content. It is a figure which shows the screen of the detailed display displayed by tapping the bean information icon Ci2 shown in FIG. 45. It is a figure which shows the recipe registration completion screen. (A) is a flowchart showing a characteristic recipe creation method in the tour, and (b) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of a recipe creation program. It is a figure which shows the parameter name which can be input in the recipe creation of an expert. It is a figure which shows the display screen which the 5 recipes are ranked and displayed. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the simple display 1806d of the 3rd place "August recommendation # 1" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the icon I5 of the main hot water supply amount is tapped for the first time. It is a figure which shows the data which manages the restriction of a recipe stored in the storage part 1303 of a server 1201. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the simple display 1805d of the 2nd place "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped. It is a figure which shows the screen when the icon I5 of the first main hot water supply amount of the recipe with the restriction of prohibition of modification is tapped. In the display screen shown in FIG. 33, it is a figure which shows how the menu item is expanded by tapping the menu button 120m prepared in the upper right. It is a figure which shows the display screen which corrects the parameter of the delivery pressure by the air pressure from a compressor 70 in the period T11 shown in FIG. (A) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grind process (step S2) shown in FIG. 11, and (b) is a diagram showing a control of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31. It is a figure which shows the table of the reference value of the error determination stored in part 121. It is a figure which shows the example of the error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of a grind process. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed on the information display apparatus 12 during execution of the hot water pouring process (step S11) for steaming shown in FIG. FIG. 11A is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. 11, and FIG. 11B is a transparent extraction process shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed on the information display device 12 when (step S17) is completed. It is a figure which shows the state which the correction report window MW1 is displayed on the display screen of the recipe list shown in FIG. 32. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 62 is tapped. It is a figure which shows the appearance that the modification report window MW1 different from the modification report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 is displayed on the display screen of the recipe list. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 63 is tapped. It is a figure which shows the example which displayed the correction report window which informs that the parameter of a delivery pressure was changed. It is a figure which shows the display screen which is displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 66 is tapped. It is a flowchart which shows the display process of a recipe chart. It is a figure which shows the screen for displaying a recipe chart. It is the figure which each parameter of a recipe is displayed in a table format. It is a figure which shows the screen of the recipe-chart. It is a figure which shows the whole structure of the system including the beverage manufacturing apparatus. It is a figure which shows the configuration of a server. It is a figure which shows the structure of a mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows the structure of the information display device. It is a figure for demonstrating the flow until coffee is extracted. It is a figure for demonstrating the flow until coffee is extracted. It is a figure which shows the TOP screen of the application displayed on the mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows the service screen. It is a figure which shows the service screen. It is a figure which shows an example of a service screen. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process for searching by the taste executed on the setting screen. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 1st aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 1st aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 1st aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 1st aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on the 2nd aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 2nd aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on 3rd aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 3rd aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 4th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on 5th aspect. It is a figure for demonstrating the flow from extracting coffee to acquiring history information. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring the characteristic and the level of a characteristic from a comment on a beverage. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 5th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the data held in the database 1309 of a server 1201. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on 6th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 6th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 6th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 6th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring and displaying the preference information which concerns on the 7th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 7th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring and displaying the preference information which concerns on the 8th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on 8th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which displays the setting screen which concerns on 9th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on the 9th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring and displaying the preference information which concerns on the tenth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on tenth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen which concerns on tenth aspect.

An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

<1. Overview of beverage manufacturing equipment>
FIG. 1 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage production device 1 of the present embodiment is an device that automatically produces a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and a liquid (here, water), and can produce a cup of coffee beverage per production operation. .. The roasted coffee beans used as a raw material can be stored in the canister 40. A cup mounting portion 110 is provided at the lower part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and the produced coffee beverage is poured from the pouring portion 10c into the cup.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 includes a housing 100 that forms an exterior thereof and surrounds an internal mechanism. The housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body 101 and a cover 102 that covers a part of the front surface and a part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The cover portion 102 is provided with an information display device 12. In the case of the present embodiment, the information display device 12 is a touch panel type display, and can display various types of information as well as receive input from a device manager or a beverage consumer. The information display device 12 is attached to the cover portion 102 via the moving mechanism 12a, and can be moved in a certain range in the vertical direction by the moving mechanism 12a.

The cover portion 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and an opening / closing door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103. By opening the opening / closing door 103a, roasted coffee beans other than the roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 can be charged into the bean input port 103. This makes it possible to provide a special drink to the consumer of the beverage.

In the case of the present embodiment, the cover portion 102 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire cover portion 102 constitutes a transparent cover as a transmissive portion. Therefore, the mechanism inside the cover portion 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of the present embodiment, a part of the manufacturing unit that manufactures the coffee beverage can be visually recognized through the cover unit 102. In the case of the present embodiment, the main body 101 is a non-transparent portion as a whole, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside thereof from the outside.

FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and is a diagram showing a part of a manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user when viewed from the front of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The cover portion 102 and the information display device 12 are illustrated by imaginary lines.

The housing 100 in the front portion of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure of a main body portion 101 and a cover portion 102 on the outside (front side) thereof. A part of the mechanism of the manufacturing unit is arranged between the main body 101 and the cover 102 in the front-rear direction, and the user can see the mechanism through the cover 102.

In the case of this embodiment, some mechanisms of the manufacturing unit that can be visually recognized by the user through the cover unit 102 are a collecting and transporting unit 42, a grinding machine 5A, 5B, a separation device 6, an extraction container 9, and the like, which will be described later. A rectangular recess 101a recessed on the back side is formed in the front portion of the main body 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located on the back side in the recess 101a.

Since these mechanisms can be visually recognized from the outside through the cover portion 102, the administrator may be able to easily inspect and confirm the operation. Beverage consumers may also be able to enjoy the coffee beverage manufacturing process.

The cover portion 102 is supported by the main body portion 101 at its right end via a hinge 102a so as to be openable and closable in a laterally open manner. At the left end of the cover portion 102, an engaging portion 102b that keeps the main body portion 101 and the cover portion 102 in a closed state is provided. The engaging portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron. By opening the cover unit 102, the administrator can inspect a part of the above-mentioned manufacturing unit inside the cover unit 102.

In the case of the present embodiment, the cover portion 102 is of a horizontal opening type, but may be a vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or a sliding type. Further, the cover portion 102 may be configured so that it cannot be opened and closed.

FIG. 3 is a schematic view of the function of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and an extraction device 3 as a coffee beverage manufacturing unit.

The bean processing device 2 produces ground beans from roasted coffee beans. The extraction device 3 extracts the coffee liquor from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2. The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8 (see FIG. 5) described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10. The ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9. The fluid supply unit 7 puts hot water into the extraction container 9. The coffee liquor is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is sent to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.

<2. Fluid supply unit and switching unit>
The configuration of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9, controls the air pressure in the extraction container 9, and the like. In this specification, when the atmospheric pressure is illustrated numerically, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure is an atmospheric pressure with the atmospheric pressure as 0 atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the atmospheric pressure of the beverage production device 1. For example, when the beverage production device 1 is installed at a point 0 m above sea level, the International Civil Aviation Organization (= "" It is the reference atmospheric pressure (1013.25 hPa) at 0 m above sea level of the International Standard Atmosphere (= "International Standard Atmosphere" [[Omitted] ISA]) established in 1976 by the International Civil Aviation Organization "[[Omitted] ICAO]).

The fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3. The pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows, and the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows. The pipe L3 is a pipe capable of circulating both air and water.

The fluid supply unit 7 includes a compressor 70 as a pressurizing source. The compressor 70 compresses the atmosphere and sends it out. The compressor 70 is driven by, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source. The compressed air delivered from the compressor 70 is supplied to the reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via the check valve 71a. The pressure in the reserve tank 71 is monitored by the pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to be maintained at a predetermined pressure (7 atm (6 atm in gauge pressure) in this embodiment). The reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for drainage, so that water generated by compression of air can be drained.

Hot water (water) constituting the coffee beverage is stored in the water tank 72. The water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in this embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. In the heater 72a, for example, the temperature of hot water is turned on at 118 degrees Celsius and turned off at 120 degrees Celsius.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c. The water level sensor 72c detects the water level of hot water in the water tank 72. When the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has dropped below a predetermined water level, water is supplied to the water tank 72. In the case of the present embodiment, tap water is supplied through a water purifier (not shown). A solenoid valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier. When the water level sensor 72c detects a drop in the water level, the solenoid valve 72d is opened to supply water, and when the water level reaches a predetermined level, the solenoid valve 72d is electromagnetically provided. The valve 72d is closed and the water supply is cut off. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. The water supply to the water tank 72 may be performed each time the hot water used for producing the coffee beverage is discharged.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a pressure sensor 72 g. The pressure sensor 72g detects the air pressure in the water tank 72. The air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is supplied to the water tank 72 via the pressure regulating valve 72e and the solenoid valve 72f. The pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atm (2 atm in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 72f switches between supplying and shutting off the air pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 72e to the water tank 72. The solenoid valve 72f is opened and closed so that the air pressure in the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72. When tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, the pressure inside the water tank 72 is made lower than the water pressure of the tap water by the electromagnetic valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly replenished to the water tank 72 by the water pressure of the tap water. Reduce the pressure to (for example, less than 2.5 atm). The solenoid valve 72h switches whether or not the inside of the water tank 72 is released to the atmosphere, and when the pressure is reduced, the inside of the water tank 72 is released to the atmosphere. Further, the electromagnetic valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure inside the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm other than when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, and the inside of the water tank 72 becomes 3 atm. maintain.

The hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the solenoid valve 72i, and the pipe L3. By opening the solenoid valve 72i, hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9, and by closing it, the supply of hot water is cut off. The amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount. A temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of hot water is provided in the pipe L3, and the temperature of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 is monitored.

The air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pressure regulating valve 73a and the solenoid valve 73b. The pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 73b switches between supplying and shutting off the air pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The air pressure in the extraction container 9 is detected by the pressure sensor 73d. When pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 has a predetermined pressure (in the case of this embodiment, a maximum of 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure). )). The air pressure in the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the solenoid valve 73c. The solenoid valve 73c switches whether or not to release the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atm).

After the production of one coffee beverage is completed, in the case of the present embodiment, the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water. The solenoid valve 73f is opened at the time of cleaning to supply tap water to the extraction container 9.

Next, the switching unit 10 will be described. The switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the delivery destination of the liquid sent from the extraction container 9 to either the pouring unit 10c or the waste tank T. The switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a. The switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring portion 10c when the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9 is delivered. The coffee beverage is poured from the pouring portion 10c into the cup C. When discharging the waste liquid (tap water) and the residue (ground beans) during cleaning, the flow path is switched to the waste tank T. The switching valve 10a is a 3-port ball valve in the case of this embodiment. Since the residue passes through the switching valve 10a during cleaning, a ball valve is suitable for the switching valve 10a, and the motor 10b switches the flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.

<3. Bean processing equipment ＞
The bean processing apparatus 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. The bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.

<3-1. Storage device>
The storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of this embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided. The canister 40 includes a tubular main body 40a for accommodating roasted coffee beans and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be detachably attached to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

Each canister 40 may accommodate different types of roasted coffee beans, and the type of roasted coffee beans used for producing a coffee beverage may be selected by an operation input to the information display device 12. The roasted coffee beans of different types are, for example, roasted coffee beans of different varieties of coffee beans. Further, the roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same variety, but may be roasted coffee beans having different degrees of roasting. Further, the roasted coffee beans of different types may be roasted coffee beans of different varieties and degrees of roasting. Further, at least one of the three canisters 40 may accommodate roasted coffee beans in which a plurality of varieties of roasted coffee beans are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.

Although a plurality of canisters 40 are provided in the present embodiment, a configuration in which only one canister 40 is provided may be provided. Further, when a plurality of canisters 40 are provided, the same type of roasted coffee beans may be housed in all or a plurality of canisters 40.

Each canister 40 is detachably attached to a conveyor 41 which is a weighing and transporting device. The conveyor 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, which automatically weighs a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 and sends them to the downstream side.

Each conveyor 41 discharges roasted coffee beans to the collective transport section 42 on the downstream side. The collective transport unit 42 is composed of hollow members, and forms a transport passage for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crushing device 5 (particularly the grinder 5A). The roasted coffee beans discharged from each conveyor 41 move inside the collecting and transporting unit 42 by their own weight and flow down to the crushing device 5.

A guide portion 42a is formed in the collective transport portion 42 at a position corresponding to the bean input port 103. The guide portion 42a forms a passage for guiding the roasted coffee beans charged from the bean input port 103 to the crushing device 5 (particularly the grinding machine 5A). As a result, in addition to the roasted coffee beans housed in the canister 40, a coffee beverage made from roasted coffee beans charged from the bean inlet 103 can also be produced.

<3-2. Crusher>
The crushing apparatus 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 4. FIG. 4 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separating device 6. The crushing device 5 includes grinders 5A and 5B, and a separating device 6. The grinders 5A and 5B are mechanisms for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4. The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by the grinding machine 5A, further ground by the grinding machine 5B into powder, and put into the extraction container 9 from the discharge pipe 5C.

Grinders 5A and 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans. The grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding, and the grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding. The grinders 5A and 5B are electric grinders, respectively, and include a motor as a drive source, a rotary blade driven by the motor, and the like. The size (particle size) of the roasted coffee beans to be crushed can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade.

The separation device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary substances from the ground beans. The separating device 6 includes a passage portion 63a arranged between the grinding machine 5A and the grinding machine 5B. The passage portion 63a is a hollow body forming a separation chamber through which the ground beans that freely fall from the grinder 5A pass. The passage portion 63a is connected to a passage portion 63b extending in a direction (in the case of the present embodiment, the left-right direction) intersecting the passing direction of the ground beans (in the case of the present embodiment, the vertical direction). A suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. When the suction unit 60 sucks the air in the passage portion 63a, a lightweight object such as chaff or fine powder is sucked. This makes it possible to separate unwanted substances from the ground beans.

The suction unit 60 is a centrifugal separation type mechanism. The suction unit 60 includes a blower unit 60A and a recovery container 60B. In the case of this embodiment, the blower unit 60A is a fan motor and exhausts the air in the recovery container 60B upward.

The recovery container 60B includes an upper 61 and a lower 62 that are separably engaged. The lower portion 62 has a bottomed tubular shape with an open upper portion, and forms a space for accumulating unnecessary substances. The upper portion 61 constitutes a lid portion to be attached to the opening of the lower portion 62. The upper portion 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust stack 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a. The blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper portion 61 above the exhaust stack 61b so as to suck the air in the exhaust stack 61b. A passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61. The passage portion 63b is open to the side of the exhaust stack 61b.

By driving the blower unit 60A, the airflow indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. 4 is generated. Due to this air flow, air containing unnecessary substances is sucked from the passage portion 63a into the recovery container 60B through the passage portion 63b. Since the passage portion 63b opens to the side of the exhaust stack 61b, the air containing unnecessary substances swirls around the exhaust stack 61b. Unwanted matter D in the air falls due to its weight and is collected in a part of the recovery container 60B (accumulated on the bottom surface of the lower portion 62). The air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust stack 61b.

A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust stack 61b. The plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust stack 61b. The individual fins 61d are inclined obliquely with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust stack 61b. By providing such fins 61d, the swirling around the exhaust stack 61b of the air containing the unnecessary substance D is promoted.

In the case of the present embodiment, the lower portion 62 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and the entire lower portion 62 constitutes a transparent container having a transmissive portion. Further, the lower portion 62 is a portion covered with the cover portion 102 (FIG. 2). The manager and the consumer of the beverage can visually recognize the unnecessary substance D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the peripheral wall of the cover portion 102 and the lower portion 62. It may be easier for the manager to confirm the cleaning timing of the lower portion 62, and for the beverage consumer, it is possible to visually recognize that the unnecessary substance D has been removed, which raises expectations for the quality of the coffee beverage being manufactured. In some cases.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarsely ground beans pass through the passage portion 63a, they are unnecessary substances by the separation device 6. Is separated. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary substances have been separated are finely ground by a grinder 5B. The unnecessary substances separated by the separating device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may reduce the taste of the coffee beverage, and the quality of the coffee beverage can be improved by removing chaff and the like from the ground beans.

The crushing of roasted coffee beans may be a single grinder (one-step crushing). However, by performing the two-step crushing with two grinders 5A and 5B as in the present embodiment, the particle size of the ground beans can be easily made uniform, and the degree of extraction of the coffee liquor can be made constant. When crushing beans, heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans. By performing the two-step crushing, it is possible to suppress heat generation due to friction during crushing and prevent deterioration of the ground beans (for example, deterioration of flavor).

Further, by going through the steps of coarse grinding → separation of unnecessary substances → fine grinding, when separating unnecessary substances such as chaff, the mass difference between the unnecessary substances and the ground beans (necessary part) can be increased. This can improve the separation efficiency of unnecessary substances and prevent the ground beans (necessary portion) from being separated as unnecessary substances. Further, by interposing a separation process of unnecessary substances using air suction between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding, it is possible to suppress the heat generation of the ground beans by air cooling.

<4. Drive unit and extraction container>
<4-1. Overview>
The drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body 101.

The drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F. The frame F includes upper and lower beam portions F1 and F2 and column portions F3 that support the beam portions F1 and F2. The drive unit 8 is roughly classified into three units, an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C. The upper unit 8A is supported by the beam portion F1. The central unit 8B is supported by the beam portion F1 and the column portion F3 between the beam portion F1 and the beam portion F2. The lower unit 8C is supported by the beam portion F2.

The extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container body 90 and a lid unit 91. The extraction container 9 may be referred to as a chamber. The central unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90. The arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of shaft members 820b separated to the left and right. The holding member 820a is an elastic member such as a resin formed in a C-shaped clip shape, and holds the container body 90 by the elastic force thereof. The holding member 820a holds the left and right side portions of the container body 90, and the front side of the container body 90 is exposed. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container body 90 from the front.

The container body 90 is manually attached to and detached from the holding member 820a, and the container body 90 is attached to the holding member 820a by pressing the container body 90 against the holding member 820a in the front-rear direction. Further, the container body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling out the container body 90 from the holding member 820a to the front side in the front-rear direction.

Each of the pair of shaft members 820b is a rod extending in the front-rear direction, and is a member that supports the holding member 820a. In the present embodiment, the number of shaft members 820b is two, but it may be one or three or more. The holding member 820a is fixed to the front end of the pair of shaft members 820b. By a mechanism described later, the pair of shaft members 820b are moved forward and backward, whereby the holding member 820a is moved back and forth, and the container body 90 can be translated in the front-back direction. The central unit 8B can also rotate the extraction container 9 upside down, as will be described later.

<4-2. Extraction container ＞
The extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a closed state and an open state of the extraction container 9. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the central unit 8B. The extraction container 9 of FIG. 6 shows the basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side. When describing the vertical positional relationship in the following description, it shall mean the vertical positional relationship in the basic posture unless otherwise specified.

The container body 90 is a bottomed container and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f. At the end of the neck 90b (the upper end of the container body 90), a flange 90c is formed to define an opening 90a communicating with the internal space of the container body 90.

Both the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e have a cylindrical shape. The shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape so that the cross-sectional area of the internal space thereof gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side to the neck portion 90b side. ing.

The lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a. The opening / closing operation (elevating operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.

The container body 90 includes a body member 900 and a bottom member 901. The main body member 900 is a tubular member having an open top and bottom forming a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, and a body portion 90e. The bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom portion 90f, and is inserted and fixed to the lower portion of the main body member 900. A seal member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve the airtightness inside the container main body 90.

In the case of the present embodiment, the main body member 900 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container in which the entire body is a transmissive portion. The manager and the consumer of the beverage can visually recognize the extraction status of the coffee beverage in the container body 90 through the cover portion 102 and the main body member 900 of the container body 90. It may be easier for the administrator to check the extraction operation, and the beverage consumer may enjoy the extraction status.

A convex portion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901, and the convex portion 901c has a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside and a valve for opening and closing the communication hole (valve 903 in FIG. 8). It is provided. The communication hole is used for discharging waste liquid and residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90. A seal member 908 is provided on the convex portion 901c, and the seal member 908 is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.

The lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911. The base member 911 has a convex portion 911d and a flange portion 911c that overlaps the flange portion 90c when closed. The convex portion 911d has the same structure as the convex portion 901c in the container body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 to the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. Has been done. The communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container body 90 and delivering coffee beverages. A seal member 918a is provided on the convex portion 911d. The seal member 918a is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911. The lid unit 91 is also provided with a sealing member 919. The sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed. A filter for filtration is held in the lid unit 91.

<4-3. Upper unit and lower unit>
The upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8. FIG. 7 is a front view showing a partial configuration of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C, and FIG. 8 is a vertical sectional view of FIG. 7.

The upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81A performs an opening / closing operation (elevation) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and an opening / closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d. The operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801 and an elevating shaft 802 and a probe 803.

The support member 800 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801. The support member 800 also includes a communication portion 800a that communicates the pipe L3 with the inside of the support member 800. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 are introduced into the support member 800 via the communication portion 800a.

The holding member 801 is a member capable of detachably holding the lid unit 91. The holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and also includes a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a constant pressing force and is disengaged with a constant separating force. The hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 through the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.

The holding member 801 is also a movable member provided so as to be slidable in the vertical direction in the support member 800. The elevating shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 802 airtightly penetrates the top of the support member 800 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800.

The top portion of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end portion of the elevating shaft 802. The holding member 801 slides in the vertical direction by raising and lowering the elevating shaft 802, and the holding member 801 can be attached to and separated from the convex portion 911d and the convex portion 901c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.

A screw 802a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 802. A nut 804b is screwed onto the screw 802a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The elevating shaft 802 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 804b.

The elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the central shaft, and the probe 803 is slidably inserted vertically into the through hole. The probe 803 airtightly penetrates the top of the holding member 801 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable up and down with respect to the supporting member 800 and the holding member 801.

The probe 803 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The lowering of the probe 803 causes the valves 913 and 903 to open from the closed state, and the raising of the probe 803 causes the valve to open. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown).

A screw 803a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803. A nut 805b is screwed onto the screw 803a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a. The rotation of the nut 805b raises and lowers the probe 803.

The lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C. The operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is turned upside down, and opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The operation unit 81C also has a configuration in which the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed, but in the present embodiment, the operation unit 81C is not used for opening and closing the lid unit 91.

Hereinafter, the description is substantially the same as that of the operation unit 81A, but the operation unit 81C will be described. The operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, an elevating shaft 812, and a probe 813.

The support member 810 is fixedly provided so that the relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811. The support member 810 also includes a communication portion 810a that communicates the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 with the inside of the support member 810. Residues of coffee beverage, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.

The holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the convex portion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the convex portion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and also includes a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a constant pressing force and is disengaged with a constant separating force. Residues of coffee beverage, tap water, and ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.

The holding member 811 is also a movable member provided so as to be slidable in the vertical direction in the support member 810. The elevating shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 812 airtightly penetrates the bottom of the support member 800 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810.

The bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the elevating shaft 812. The holding member 811 slides in the vertical direction by raising and lowering the elevating shaft 812, and the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the convex portion 901c and the convex portion 911d.

A screw 812a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the elevating shaft 812. A nut 814b is screwed onto the screw 812a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The elevating shaft 812 moves up and down by the rotation of the nut 814b.

The elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the central shaft, and the probe 813 is slidably inserted vertically into the through hole. The probe 813 airtightly penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable up and down with respect to the supporting member 810 and the holding member 811.

The probe 813 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The valve 813 is raised to open the valves 913 and 903, and the probe 813 is lowered to open the valves. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (due to the action of a return spring (not shown).

A screw 813a forming a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813. A nut 815b is screwed onto the screw 813a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to rotate in place (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. The rotation of the nut 815b raises and lowers the probe 813.

<4-4. Chubu unit>
The central unit 8B will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic view of the central unit 8B. The central unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9. The support unit 81B includes the unit body 81B'that supports the lock mechanism 821 in addition to the arm member 820 described above.

The lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism for maintaining the lid unit 91 in a closed state with respect to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically sandwich the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90. The pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section in which the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c are sandwiched and fitted, and are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, as shown by the solid line in the boxing diagram of FIG. 9, each gripping member 821a is fitted to the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c so as to sandwich the flange portion 911c vertically, and the lid The unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. In this locked state, even if the holding member 801 is raised by the elevating shaft 802 to open the lid unit 91, the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released). That is, the locking force of the locking mechanism 821 is set stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container body 90 in the event of an abnormality.

When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state, each gripping member 821a is separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c as shown by the broken line in the boxing diagram of FIG. 9, and the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 are separated from each other. Is unlocked.

When the holding member 801 is in the state of holding the lid unit 91 and the holding member 801 is raised from the descending position to the ascending position, when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the open state, the lid unit 91 is moved from the container body 90. Be separated. On the contrary, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, the holding member 801 is released from the engagement with the lid unit 91, and only the holding member 801 is raised.

The central unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a drive source. As a result, the container body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the extraction position on the rear side (state ST1) and the bean charging position on the front side (state ST2). The bean charging position is a position where the ground beans are charged into the container body 90, and the ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are placed in the opening 90a of the container body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated from the discharge pipe 5C shown in FIG. It is thrown in. In other words, the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container body 90 located at the bean charging position.

The extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, is a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where the coffee liquid is extracted. The extraction position is the position behind the bean input position. FIGS. 5, 7 and 8 show the case where the container body 90 is in the extraction position. In this way, by changing the position of the container body 90 between the input of the ground beans, the extraction of the coffee liquid, and the supply of water, the steam generated during the extraction of the coffee liquid is the discharge pipe that is the supply unit of the ground beans. It can be prevented from adhering to 5C.

The central unit 8B also includes a mechanism that uses the motor 824 as a drive source to rotate the support unit 81B around an axis 825 in the front-rear direction. As a result, the posture of the container body 90 (extraction container 9) can be changed from an upright posture (state ST1) in which the neck portion 90b is on the upper side to an inverted posture (state ST3) in which the neck portion 90b is on the lower side. During the rotation of the extraction container 9, the state in which the lid unit 91 is locked to the container body 90 is maintained by the lock mechanism 821. The extraction container 9 is turned upside down in the upright posture and the inverted posture. The convex portion 901c is located in the upright posture, and the convex portion 911d is located in the inverted posture. Further, the convex portion 901c is located at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture and the convex portion 901c in the inverted posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening / closing operation on the valve 913.

<5. Control device>
The control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.

The control device 11 controls the entire beverage manufacturing device 1. The control device 11 includes a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F (interface) unit 11c. The processing unit 11a is, for example, a processor such as a CPU. The storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM. The I / F unit 11c includes an input / output interface for inputting / outputting signals between the external device and the processing unit 11a. The I / F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15. For example, the server 16 can receive information such as a reservation for beverage production and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer. ..

The processing unit 11a executes the program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on the instruction from the information display device 12, the detection result of the sensor group 13, or the instruction from the server 16. The sensor group 13 is various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operating position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

<6. Operation control example>
An example of the control processing of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 executed by the processing unit 11a will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A and 11B. FIG. 11A shows a control example related to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation. The state of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 before the manufacturing instruction is called a standby state. The state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.

The extraction device 3 is in the state shown in FIG. The extraction container 9 is in an upright posture and is located at the extraction position. The lock mechanism 821 is in the closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90a of the container body 90. The holding member 801 is in the lowered position and is attached to the convex portion 911d. The holding member 811 is in the raised position and is attached to the convex portion 901c. The valves 903 and 913 are in the closed state. The switching valve 10a communicates the communication portion 810a of the operation unit 81C with the waste tank T.

When there is an instruction to produce a coffee beverage in the standby state, the process of FIG. 11A is executed. Preheat treatment is performed in S1. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container body 90 and preheating the container body 90 in advance. First, the valves 903 and 913 are opened. As a result, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are in a communicating state.

The solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is injected from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. As a result, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is promoted. By the above treatment, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipe L2 are preheated, and it is possible to reduce the cooling of hot water in the subsequent production of coffee beverages.

In S2, grind processing is performed. Here, the roasted coffee beans are crushed and the ground beans are put into the container body 90. First, the lock mechanism 821 is opened, and the holding member 801 rises to the ascending position. The lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801 and rises together with the holding member 801. As a result, the lid unit 91 is separated from the container body 90. The holding member 811 descends to the descending position. The container body 90 is moved to the bean charging position. Subsequently, the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. As a result, a cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A. The roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the grinders 5A and 5B, and the unnecessary substances are separated by the separating device 6. The ground beans are put into the container body 90.

Return the container body 90 to the extraction position. The holding member 801 descends to the descending position, and the lid unit 91 is attached to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 is closed, and the lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. The holding member 811 rises to the raised position. Of the valves 903 and 913, the valve 903 is in the closed state and the valve 913 is in the open state.

In S3, extraction processing is performed. Here, the coffee liquor is extracted from the ground beans in the container body 90. FIG. 11B is a flowchart of the extraction process of S3.

In S11, in order to steam the ground beans in the extraction container 9, a smaller amount of hot water than a cup of hot water is injected into the extraction container 9. Here, the solenoid valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms). As a result, hot water is injected from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9. After that, the process of S11 is completed after waiting for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms). The ground beans can be steamed by this treatment. By steaming the ground beans, carbon dioxide gas contained in the ground beans can be released, and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.

In S12, the remaining amount of hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is contained in the extraction container 9. Here, the solenoid valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). As a result, hot water is injected from the water tank 72 into the extraction container 9.

By the treatment of S12, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought into a state of a temperature exceeding 100 degrees Celsius (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius) at 1 atm. Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized by S13. Here, the solenoid valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to a pressure at which hot water does not boil (for example, about 4 atm (about 3 atm in gauge pressure)). After that, the valve 913 is closed.

Subsequently, this state is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms) to perform immersion type coffee liquor extraction (S14). As a result, the coffee liquid is extracted by an immersion method under high temperature and high pressure. The following effects can be expected in the immersion type extraction under high temperature and high pressure. The first is that the high pressure makes it easier for hot water to permeate the inside of the ground beans and promotes the extraction of coffee liquor. Second, the high temperature promotes the extraction of coffee liquor. Third, the high temperature reduces the viscosity of the oil contained in the ground beans and promotes the extraction of the oil. This makes it possible to produce a fragrant coffee beverage.

The temperature of the hot water (high temperature water) may exceed 100 degrees Celsius, but a higher temperature is advantageous in terms of extracting the coffee liquor. On the other hand, in order to raise the temperature of hot water, the cost is generally increased. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, and may be, for example, 130 degrees Celsius or lower or 120 degrees Celsius or lower. The atmospheric pressure may be any atmospheric pressure at which hot water does not boil.

In S15, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced. Here, the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 is switched to the atmospheric pressure at which hot water boils. Specifically, the valve 913 is opened, and the solenoid valve 73c is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms) and closed. The inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere. After that, the valve 913 is closed again.

The inside of the extraction container 9 is rapidly depressurized to an atmospheric pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at once. The hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 explosively scatter in the extraction container 9. As a result, hot water can be boiled uniformly. In addition, the destruction of the cell wall of the ground beans can be promoted, and the subsequent extraction of coffee liquor can be further promoted. Further, since the ground beans and hot water can be agitated by this boiling, the extraction of the coffee liquor can be promoted. Thus, in this embodiment, the coffee liquid extraction efficiency can be improved.

In S16, the extraction container 9 is inverted from the upright posture to the inverted posture. Here, the holding member 801 is moved to the ascending position, and the holding member 811 is moved to the descending position. Then, the support unit 81B is rotated. After that, the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position. In the extraction container 9 in the inverted posture, the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 are located on the lower side.

In S17, a permeation type coffee liquid extraction is performed, and the coffee beverage is delivered to the cup C. Here, the switching valve 10a is switched so that the pouring portion 10c and the passage portion 810a of the operation unit 81C communicate with each other. Further, both the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Further, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10000 ms) to bring the inside of the extraction container 9 to a predetermined pressure (for example, 1.7 atm (0.7 atm in gauge pressure)). In the extraction container 9, the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is sent to the cup C. The filter regulates the leakage of ground bean residues. This completes the extraction process.

In the present embodiment, the coffee liquid extraction efficiency can be improved by using the immersion type extraction in S14 and the permeation type extraction in S17 in combination. When the extraction container 9 is in the upright position, ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom 90f. On the other hand, when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted position, the ground beans are deposited from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b. The cross-sectional area of the body portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the deposited thickness of the ground beans in the inverted posture is thicker than the deposited thickness in the upright posture. That is, the ground beans are relatively thin and widely deposited when the extraction container 9 is in the upright position, and relatively thick and narrowly deposited in the inverted position.

In the case of the present embodiment, since the immersion type extraction of S14 is performed in the state where the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the hot water and the ground beans can be brought into contact with each other over a wide range, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquor can be improved. However, in this case, the hot water and the ground beans tend to come into partial contact with each other. On the other hand, since the permeation type extraction of S17 is performed in the state where the extraction container 9 is in the inverted position, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while contacting with more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans more evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquor can be further improved.

Returning to FIG. 11A, after the extraction process of S3, the discharge process of S4 is performed. Here, a process related to cleaning the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed. Cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted posture to the upright posture and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of the ground beans.

This completes one coffee beverage manufacturing process. After that, the same process is repeated for each manufacturing instruction. The time required for producing one coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.

<7. Summary of device configuration>
As described above, the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and an extracting device 3 as a manufacturing unit, and more specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5, and the extracting device 3 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5. It includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10 (see FIGS. 2, 3, etc.). The crushing device 5 receives a cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4, and grinds the beans in two stages using the grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separating device 6. After the ground beans are put into the extraction container 9, hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 by the fluid supply unit 7, the posture of the extraction container 9 is reversed by the drive unit 8, and the extraction container 9 is transferred to the cup C by the switching unit 10. A cup of beverage is provided after the liquid is delivered.

A part of the manufacturing unit is covered with a cover unit 102 configured as a transparent cover as a whole, and a user (for example, a manager of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, a beverage consumer, etc.) can use the beverage manufacturing apparatus. 1 It is visible from the outside. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that a plurality of canisters 40, which are a part of the storage device 4, are exposed and other elements are substantially housed in the housing 100 in the above-mentioned manufacturing unit. As an embodiment, the entire manufacturing unit may be housed in the housing 100. In other words, the cover portion 102 may be provided so as to cover at least a part of the manufacturing portion.

Since at least a part of the manufacturing unit is visibly covered by the cover unit 102 from the outside of the beverage manufacturing device 1, for example, when the user is the manager of the beverage manufacturing device 1, the manager is the manager of the beverage manufacturing device 1. It may be possible to check the operation of the device as well as the preparation. When the user is a purchaser of a beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of production of the beverage while increasing expectations for the beverage. For example, the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 can be visually recognized from the outside of the beverage production device 1 via the cover portion 102, and the extraction process of relatively high interest to the user among several processes for producing the beverage can be observed. Is. The drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable portion that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing unit. Therefore, the reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the interest of the user, and by making this observable by the user, it may be possible to entertain the user.

On the other hand, in order to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, for example, improvements in various aspects such as process improvement and the configuration and control aspects of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 for realizing the process are also improved. Desired. As an example, changes may be made to some elements included in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. In the following, an example of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 that can function as the water tank 72 of FIG. 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.

<8. Configuration example of liquid feed amount adjusting device>
FIG. 12 shows a schematic view of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720. Further, FIG. 13 shows a sectional view taken along line IV-IV of FIG. 12 and a sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31). Like the water tank 72, the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 is a tank for accumulating hot water (water) constituting a coffee beverage and having a function of delivering a fixed amount of hot water. As a result, it is possible to sequentially deliver the hot water required for a cup of coffee beverage, and it is also possible to change the amount of hot water at that time. In the following description, configurations having the same functions as the configurations related to the water tank 72 are designated by the same reference numerals.

The liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 has a tank 720a for accumulating hot water. The outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to the upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to the lower end of the peripheral wall 721, and the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721 and a bottom wall 724 joined to the lower end of the peripheral wall 721. Has a cylindrical shape as a whole. A partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space thereof is divided into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A by the partition wall 722. In the case of this example, the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall body arranged concentrically with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in the configuration example EX31 of FIG. ..

Space 725 constitutes a storage unit for storing hot water. The space 725 is also called a storage unit 725. A movable member 727c is arranged in the upper part of the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c constitutes a storage part for storing hot water. The space 726 is also called a storage unit 726. By partitioning the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 by a partition wall 722, which is a common wall body, the tank 720a can be downsized as compared with partitioning by separate wall bodies.

The storage unit 725 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the storage unit 725 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. In the heater 72a, for example, the temperature of hot water is turned on at 118 degrees Celsius and turned off at 120 degrees Celsius.

A pipe for supplying the air pressure in the reserve tank 71 (see FIG. 3) is connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage portion 725, and an electromagnetic valve 72f is provided here. The liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 includes a sensor (not shown. For example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) that detects the air pressure in the storage unit 725, and the electromagnetic valve 72f is a pressure adjusting valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) To switch between supplying and shutting off the pressure-regulated pressure storage unit 725. The solenoid valve 72f is opened and closed so that the air pressure in the storage unit 725 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage unit 725.

A pipe for communicating the storage portion 725 with the atmosphere is also connected to a portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage portion 725, and an electromagnetic valve 72h is provided here. When tap water is supplied to the storage section 725, the pressure of the storage section 725 is reduced to less than 2.5 atm by the solenoid valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly supplied to the storage section 725 by the water pressure of the tap water. The solenoid valve 72h switches whether or not the inside of the water tank 72 is released to the atmosphere, and when the pressure is reduced, the inside of the storage unit 725 is released to the atmosphere. Further, the solenoid valve 72h releases the storage unit 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure inside the storage unit 725 exceeds 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the storage unit 725, and maintains the storage unit 725 at 3 atm. ..

A pipe L2 for supplying tap water to the storage unit 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage unit 725, and an electromagnetic valve 72d is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on the detection result of the water level sensor 72c described later, and controls the water level of hot water in the storage unit 725.

A pipe L2'for discharging hot water in the storage portion 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725, and an electromagnetic valve 72d'is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d'is opened when the hot water in the storage unit 725 is discarded, and the hot water in the storage unit 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.

The storage unit 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by moving the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the storage unit 726 from the storage unit 725 via the pipe 728a, the solenoid valve 728, and the pipe 728b. The pipe 728a connects between the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 725 and the solenoid valve 728. The pipe 728b connects the portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage portion 726 and the solenoid valve 728.

In the example of FIG. 12, the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can switch the communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and the communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. .. Further, the solenoid valve 728 can shut off any of the pipes. The pipe 728c is a pipe for sending the hot water in the storage unit 726 to the extraction container 9.

By switching the communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, the communication and cutoff between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 can be switched. By switching the communication and interruption between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, it is possible to switch between the delivery and storage of hot water in the storage unit 726.

When the solenoid valve 728 communicates the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, the solenoid valve 728 shuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. On the contrary, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are communicated with each other, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. The arrow shown by the solenoid valve 728 in the figure indicates the operating state of the solenoid valve 728. In the case of the example of FIG. 12, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are communicated with each other, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. Indicates the state.

Here, by using the solenoid valve 728 as a three-way valve, one solenoid valve 728 is configured to switch between them. However, a configuration is also adopted in which the pipe 728b is divided into two, and a valve for switching the communication and cutoff between one pipe 728b and the pipe 728a and a valve for switching the communication and cutoff between the other pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are provided. It is possible.

The liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 includes a drive unit 727. The drive unit 727 is controlled according to the amount of hot water delivered from the storage unit 726, and changes the volume of the storage unit 726. The amount of hot water required for a cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup. The drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage unit 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is delivered from the storage unit 726 according to the size of the coffee cup and the like.

The drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage unit 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down. The movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member that is inserted into the space 726A and is configured to slide in the vertical direction, and its bottom surface 727d constitutes an upper wall body of the storage portion 726. From this point of view, the movable member 727c may be referred to as a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be referred to as a cylinder unit or the like. The volume of the storage unit 726 changes as the bottom surface 727d moves up and down.

The volume of the storage unit 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall body as in this example, but is changed by moving the position of the lower wall body or the side wall body. Is also possible.

The movable member 727c includes an inner surface of the partition wall 722 and a seal member (not shown) constituting the seal, and slides on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a liquid-tight manner. However, a groove 727e extending in the vertical direction is formed on the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c, and the groove 727e has a gap with the inner surface of the partition wall 722.

The groove 727e is formed so as to communicate with the opening 722a penetrating the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction. The opening 722a is formed at a position above the maximum water level of the hot water of the storage portion 725 (the position of the sensor 731b described later), and is an air communication portion that communicates the storage portion 725 and the space 726A. Air communicates with the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the air pressure in these spaces becomes the same. When the storage units 725 and 726 are constantly set to atmospheric pressure, passages communicating with the atmosphere may be provided individually.

The drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported by an upper wall 723 as a drive source, and also includes a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c. The screw shaft 727b is extended in the vertical direction and is rotated by the driving force of the motor 727a. The movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on the upper surface thereof, and the screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f. The movable member 727c has a detent (not shown) and moves in the vertical direction by the rotation of the screw shaft 727b. The detent may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion extending in the vertical direction provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the peripheral surface of the movable member 727c.

Here, as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c, a screw mechanism including a screw shaft 727b and a screw hole 727f is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other mechanisms such as a rack-pinion mechanism can also be adopted.

The water level sensor 72c is a measuring unit that measures the water level of hot water in the storage unit 725. The water level sensor 72c includes a hollow columnar storage unit 729 extending vertically, a float 730 provided in the storage unit 729, a lower sensor 731a for detecting the float 730, and an upper sensor 731b.

The storage unit 729 communicates with the storage unit 725 at a communication unit 729a located below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage unit 725 at a communication unit 729b located above the sensor 731b. The hot water of the storage unit 725 flows into the storage unit 729 via the communication unit 729a. The communication section 729b is an air communication section that communicates the storage section 725 and the storage section 729, and air is communicated between the storage section 725 and the storage section 729 via the communication section 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 729 is equal to the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725.

In the case of this example, the storage unit 729 is composed of a transparent member such as glass or acrylic. As a result, the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 729 can be visually recognized from the outside, and as a result, the user can confirm the water level of the hot water in the storage unit 725. Of course, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a permeation portion is provided in a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage portion 725 so that the water level can be visually recognized.

The float 730 may be any float 730 that floats in hot water in the storage unit 729.

The sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photointerruptors), and detect the float 730 from the outside of the storage unit 729. When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731a, the solenoid valve 72d is opened and water is supplied to the storage unit 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the hot water level of the storage unit 725. The lower limit of the water level is set at a position higher than that of the heater 72a, and it is possible to prevent empty heating by the heater 72a.

When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731b, the solenoid valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the storage unit 725. That is, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the hot water level of the storage unit 725.

It is also possible to construct a configuration equivalent to the water level sensor 72c inside the storage unit 725. However, by constructing the water level sensor 72c outside the storage unit 725 as in this example, it becomes easy to check the water level of the storage unit 725 from the outside.

Next, an operation example of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the volume of the storage unit 726 is adjusted by the drive unit 727 according to the cup size and the like. The state ST61 shows the situation. In the example of FIG. 13, the movable member 727c is lowered, and the volume of the storage portion 726 is set to a volume smaller than that of the example of FIG. The solenoid valve 728 communicates the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726.

When the volume of the storage unit 726 is set, the drive unit 727 is stopped, and the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are communicated with each other by the solenoid valve 728. The air pressure of the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726 is the same, and the storage unit 726 is on the bottom side of the tank 720a. Therefore, the head pressure of the hot water in the storage unit 725 causes the hot water to be supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726. In the case of this example, since the storage unit 726 is formed at a position lower than the minimum water level of the hot water of the storage unit 725 (the position of the sensor 731a), a head difference always occurs between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. (The hot water in the storage section 725 is higher). Therefore, hot water is supplied from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 until the storage unit 726 is full. The state ST62 indicates that the storage unit 726 is full. Hot water also enters the groove 727e, but the volume of the groove 727e is sufficient to ensure communication of air, and the amount can be minimized.

In the case of this example, the storage unit 726 is not provided with the heater 72a, but since the storage unit 726 is surrounded by the storage unit 725, the heat retention performance of the stored hot water can be ensured. The volume of the storage unit 726 may be changed by the drive unit 727 in the state ST62.

Other methods are possible for supplying hot water from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726, but in this example, hot water is supplied with a relatively simple configuration by using the head difference between the storage unit 725 and the storage unit 726. Can be supplied.

Next, the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. As shown in the state ST63, by communicating the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c with the solenoid valve 728, hot water can be sent from the pipe 728c to the extraction container 9 by its own weight or the atmospheric pressure of the storage unit 726. After the hot water is sent out, the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 is cut off from each other, so that the hot water of the storage unit 726 can be sent out step by step. For example, for the steaming step (S11 in FIG. 11 (B)), it is possible to perform a step of delivering hot water and interrupting it, and then delivering the remaining hot water (S12 of FIG. 11 (B)). ..

In any case, the entire amount of hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out. Confirmation of transmission of the entire amount can be performed at the opening time of the solenoid valve 728 (communication time between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c). Each time the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 is sent out, the solenoid valve 72d may be opened to supply water corresponding to the amount to the storage unit 725.

According to the above example, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted. In order to adjust the amount of liquid delivered, control of opening and closing the valve based on the detection result using a flow rate sensor is generally used. However, for hot liquids and special liquids, compatible flow sensors may not be commercially available or expensive. On the other hand, according to the above example, by adopting the method of adjusting the volume of the storage unit 726, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted without the need for a flow rate sensor.

<9. Example of operation control when using a liquid feed amount adjusting device>
By using the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720, for example, it is possible to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 by modifying a part of the manufacturing process. Hereinafter, an example of the control processing of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 executed by the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 10) of the control apparatus 11 will be described with reference to FIG. For the explanation omitted below, refer to each step of FIGS. 11 (A) and 11 (B) and the operation contents of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 of FIGS. 12 to 14.

FIG. 15 shows a control example related to one coffee beverage manufacturing operation. First, the preheat treatment (referred to as S1'to distinguish it from S1 in FIG. 11A) is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102.

S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (container body 90) and preheating the extraction container 9. First, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to communicate the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b, and a small amount of hot water is moved from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726. After that, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to communicate the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and the hot water of the storage unit 726 is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73b is controlled to pressurize the inside of the extraction container 9, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T.

By S101, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are preheated, and it is possible to prevent the hot water from cooling during the production of the beverage in each step described later. Further, by performing S101, it may be possible to wash away the residue (remaining liquid, etc.) in the flow path generated during the previous or past extraction.

S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated by the storage units 725 and 726 into the container body 90 to heat the extraction container 9. This steam can be generated by reducing the pressure in the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as in S15 (see FIG. 11B). After the supply of steam to the extraction container 9 or the heating of the extraction container 9 using the steam is completed, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to shut off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.

By performing S102, the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated. This makes it possible, for example, to extract a uniform liquid from ground beans at a desired temperature, and as a result, the quality of the beverage can be improved. Further, in S102, the air pressure of the storage portions 725 and 726 is lowered, and the liquid in the storage portions 725 and 726 starts to boil, so that the liquid can be agitated to make the temperature uniform.

Concomitantly, the pipe L3 that functions as a connecting portion connecting the storage portions 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and forms a flow path between them is also heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. .. As a result, when the liquid passes through the pipe L3, the liquid does not cool down.

Here, as described above, the extraction container 9 has valves 903 and 913, which are hot water as a liquid used for the above extraction, a beverage liquid obtained by the above extraction (coffee liquid in this example), or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for the steam used to heat the coffee. In this example, in S102, steam flows into the extraction container 9 from the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction container 9 from the valve 903. When the steam flows from the valve 913 into the extraction container 9, the valve 903 is open, so that when the steam liquefies in the extraction container 9 and becomes a liquid, the liquid becomes the extraction container 9. The valve 903 can flow out of the extraction container 9 without staying inside for a long time. According to this aspect, for example, when a beverage is produced by each step described later, the taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage are not unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous for improving the quality of the beverage. is there.

Alternatively, after filling the inside of the extraction container 9 with steam to some extent, both the valves 903 and 913 may be closed and the extraction container 9 may be vibrated. The generation of vibration in the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motor 823 and / or 824 (see FIG. 9) of the central unit 8B. By applying vibration to the extraction container 9 whose inside is filled with steam to some extent, the steam spreads uniformly in the extraction container 9, and the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly.

In addition, instead of / incidentally to the above S102, heating of the extraction container 9 using steam may be performed before S101. That is, the execution order of S101 and S102 may be reversed, or S102 may be performed twice before and after S101. By performing S102 before S101, it may be easy to remove the residue generated during the previous or past extraction in S101.

After the preheat treatment S1'is performed as described above, S2 is performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 11 (A), and then the extraction process (in order to distinguish it from S3 in FIG. 11 (A), it is designated as S3'. )I do. In the extraction process S3', the main pouring S12 for extraction is divided into at least two pouring steps (S121 and S122). The first pouring, S121, is performed after S11 and before S13. After that, S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 11 (B).

Here, in S14, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in an upright posture with a relatively thin deposit thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. .. After boiling the hot water in the extraction container 9 in S15 and inverting the extraction container 9 in S16 to put it in an inverted posture, the second pouring S122 is performed after S17 / S17.

In the figure, for the sake of distinction, it is shown that S122 is performed after S17, but preferably, S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17. As another embodiment, S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 are preferably performed at least partially in parallel, and are combined into one step such as pouring and delivering step K.

As described above, when the extraction container 9 is in the upright position, the ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted position, the ground beans are shoulder 90d. Accumulates over the neck 90b. That is, the extraction container 9 includes a thick portion extending from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f and a thin portion extending from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b, and the ground beans are deposited on the thick portion in the upright posture. In the inverted position, it accumulates on the narrow part.

Since the extraction container 9 is in the inverted position during the permeation type extraction of S17, the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the ground beans that are thicker than those in the upright position, so that the hot water in the extraction container 9 and the ground beans are mixed with the ground beans. Since the contacts are evenly contacted, it is possible to realize high efficiency of transmission type extraction. Here, since S122, which is the second pouring, is performed together with S17, the extraction container 9 additionally adds hot water by S122 while delivering the beverage liquid obtained by the immersion type extraction with the hot water received in S121. You will receive it. The hot water additionally flowed into the extraction container 9 by S122 is not substantially used for the immersion type extraction, but is mainly used for the permeation type extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively impart the taste peculiar to the permeation type extraction to the beverage, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.

The amount of pouring in S121 and the amount of pouring in S122 may be set or changed by the user, for example, that is, the ratio between the immersion type extraction and the permeation type extraction may be adjustable. As a result, it may be possible to produce a beverage with a quality according to the taste of the user.

16 (a) to 16 (h) and 17 (i) to 17 (о) are schematics for explaining the control mode of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 in correspondence with each step of FIG. 15 described above. It is a figure. For ease of understanding, a simplified model of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 shall be used in the following description, and the solenoid valve 728, which is a three-way valve, is a valve that switches between communication and shutoff between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b. It is shown separately as 7281 and a valve 7282 that switches communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.

FIG. 16A shows an initial state of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720, and the beverage manufacturing device 1 is waiting for an instruction to start manufacturing a beverage. In the initial state, the valves 7281 and 7282 are both closed, as schematically shown in the figure.

16 (b) to 16 (c) show an aspect of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water). In the step of FIG. 16B, the valve 7281 is opened to move a small amount of hot water from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 as shown by the dashed arrow. Subsequently, after closing the valve 7281, in the step of FIG. 16C, the valve 7282 is opened and the hot water in the storage portion 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as shown by the broken line arrow. As a result, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.

16 (d) to 16 (e) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heat treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam). In the step of FIG. 16D, steam is generated in the storage units 725 and 726 by reducing the pressure in the storage units 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage units 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c as shown by the broken line arrow. Further, in the step of FIG. 16D, the hot water in the storage portions 725 and 726 can be agitated by the boiling, and the temperature of the agitated hot water does not reach a predetermined value (for example, 118 degrees Celsius). In this case, the heater 72a (see FIG. 12) is driven. After that, in the step of FIG. 16E, the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of steam to the extraction container 9. As a result, the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated.

16 (f) to 16 (h) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the preparatory step for executing the extraction process S3'. After returning the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 to 3 atm in the step of FIG. 16 (f), in the step of FIG. 16 (g), the valve 7281 is opened and the storage unit is as shown by the broken line arrow. A cup of hot water (for example, about 180 cc) is moved from 725 to the storage unit 726. After the transfer of hot water from the storage unit 725 to the storage unit 726 is completed, the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG. 16 (h). The amount for one cup may be preset or selected by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the mounting portion 110, or may be a fixed value. May be good. Although not shown here, the grind treatment (step S2) may be performed in parallel between the steps of FIGS. 16 (f) to 16 (h) until the production of the beverage is completed. Time can be shortened.

17 (i) to 17 (j) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the hot water pouring treatment for steaming (step S11). The valve 7482 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (i), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (j). As a result, a part of the hot water stored in the storage unit 726 (for example, about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9 for steaming S11 as shown by the broken line arrow.

17 (k) to 17 (l) show aspects of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main extraction pouring (step S121). After the steaming of the ground beans is completed, the valve 7482 is opened in the step of FIG. 17 (k), and after a predetermined time elapses, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17 (l). As a result, a part of the remaining hot water (for example, about 40 cc) in the storage unit 726 flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the broken line arrow.

Although not shown here, S13 to S16 are performed after the step of FIG. 17 (l). Details will be described later, but in S13 of this example, hot water pouring (for example, about 30 cc) is performed together with pressurization in the extraction container 9.

FIG. 17 (m) shows an aspect of the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second main extraction pouring (step S122). By opening the valve 7482 in the step of FIG. 17 (m), the remaining hot water (for example, about 80 cc) in the storage unit 726 additionally flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the broken line arrow. It becomes. As described above, S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 is not substantially used for the immersion type extraction but is mainly used for the permeation type extraction.

After that, substantially all of the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup, which completes S17. Here, after S122 and before the completion of S17, it is possible to optionally promote the delivery of the beverage by using the steam of the storage portions 725 and 726 and the air pressure from the compressor 70. The steam of the storage units 725 and 726 can be generated by the same procedure as in S102 (steps 16 (d) to 16 (e)). That is, in the step of FIG. 17 (n), steam is generated in the storage units 725 and 726 by depressurizing the inside of the storage units 725 and 726 to boil hot water, and the steam is transferred to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c. Supply. At that time, as in the step of FIG. 16D, the hot water in the storage portions 725 and 726 is appropriately agitated, and the heater 72a can be driven if necessary. Then, in the step of FIG. 17 (о), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam. When promoting the delivery of beverages, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atm.

FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining an mode of change in atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 during the extraction process S3'. The horizontal axis indicates the time axis, and the periods T1 to T11 are shown, and the steps (S11, etc.) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11 are also shown. The vertical axis represents the air pressure P in the extraction container 9 in each of the periods T1 to T11. The periods T1 to T11 are schematically shown in FIG. 18 with the same length, but in reality, the lengths of the respective periods T1 to T11 may be the same period length, but they are different. It may be a long period.

Periods T1 to T2 are periods corresponding to the steaming pouring treatment (step S11). In the period T1, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atm, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9. The timing of the inflow of hot water into the extraction container 9 may be any of the periods T1, but may be preset or selected by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage. After that, the ground beans are steamed using this hot water. This period (about 15 seconds) is defined as the period T2.

The period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring (step S121). In the period T3, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atm, and hot water (about 40 cc) for the main extraction flows into the extraction container 9 as S121.

The period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9. In the period T4, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atm, and hot water (about 30 cc) flows into the extraction container 9.

Here, the amount of pouring can be adjusted between the periods T3 and T4, and for example, about 70 cc of pouring may be completed in the period T3. The periods T3 and T4 are common in that hot water is poured while pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, but in this example, the pressurization modes are different from each other. For example, during the pressurization period T3 to T4, the pressurization mode becomes gentle in the middle (P = around 3 atm). For example, the timing between periods T3 and T4 may be defined as an inflection point of atmospheric pressure P. By controlling or adjusting the pressurizing modes of the periods T3 to T4, it is possible to expand the range of taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage liquid obtained in the immersion type extraction S14, which is the subsequent step, to the extent that it can be expressed. In some cases.

The period T5 is a period corresponding to the immersion type extraction S14. After the inside of the extraction container 9 reaches 5 atm, the state is maintained. This period (about 9 seconds) is defined as the period T5. As a result, the coffee liquor, which is a beverage liquor, is extracted from the ground beans to be extracted. The period length of the period T5 may be shortened to 1 second.

The periods T6 to T8 are periods corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction container 9. In the periods T6 to T7, the depressurization is performed in two stages. In the period T6, first, the inside of the extraction container 9 is decompressed from 5 atm to 1.5 atm (rapid decompression) in a relatively short time, and then the mixture waits for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds). Next, in the period T7, the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized to 1 atm, and then the mixture waits for a predetermined period (about 1 second).

As described above, the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15. According to the depressurization mode of this example, first, a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the decompression of the first step of the period T6, and then the extraction container is decompressed by the second step of the period T7. Other parts of the liquid in 9 can also be boiled and agitated. Therefore, for example, it becomes possible to appropriately stir the entire liquid in the extraction container 9, which may be advantageous when, for example, the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, or the like. Then, in the period T8, the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atm to stabilize boiling, and a liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that can remain in the flow path (pipes L2, L3, etc.) is pushed into the extraction container 9.

The period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the subsequent waiting period (about 2 seconds). The start timing of the period T9 corresponds to the timing at which the inversion S16 is executed. In the period T9, in the extraction container 9 inverted in S16, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the lower part of the extraction container 9 with a relatively thick deposit thickness. Further, in the period T9, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atm.

The periods T10 to T11 are periods corresponding to the permeation type extraction S17, whereby the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup C. As described above, the second pouring S122 is performed substantially at the same time as S17, and the hot water (about 80 cc) additionally flowing into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for the permeation type extraction. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided.

In this example, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 1.6 atm after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 2 atm in the subsequent period T11 to promote the delivery of the beverage. In the period T10, the steam of the storage units 725 and 726 is used to promote the delivery of the beverage, and in the period T11, the air pressure from the compressor 70 is used to promote the delivery of the beverage. That is, in the period T10, the relatively high temperature gas is used to promote the delivery of the beverage, and in the period T11, the relatively low temperature gas is used to promote the delivery of the beverage. This makes it possible to provide the entire beverage (including the liquid in the flow path) to be delivered to the cup appropriately and in a relatively short time.

More specifically, each of the above-mentioned periods T1 and the like is associated with each step of S11 and the like or a sub-step thereof, and is summarized as shown in FIG.

FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a table of extraction processing S3'stored in the storage unit 11b shown in FIG.

As described above, in FIG. 18, the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated with the same length as each other, but in FIG. 19, a specific length of the period is shown.

The period T6 is a step of rapidly reducing the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 to 1.5 atm, but it may be an atmospheric release step (first half) of releasing the inside of the extraction vessel 9 to the atmosphere. The period T7 is an atmospheric release step (second half) in which the inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere.

Further, the period T10 is a beverage delivery step using steam, and the period T11 is a beverage delivery step using air pressure, but both the period T10 and the period T11 are beverage delivery steps using steam. Alternatively, it may be a beverage delivery step using air pressure. That is, the period T10 may be a beverage delivery step (first half), and the period T11 may be a beverage delivery step (second half).

Further, in either the period T10 or the period T11, a fluid (which may be a liquid or a gas) higher than the temperature of the liquid in the extraction container 9 may be supplied to the extraction container 9. .. The liquid mentioned here is hot water that becomes a beverage.

The table shown in FIG. 19 may be acquired by the control device 11 shown in FIG. 10 from the server 16 via the communication network 15. Further, in addition to the table shown in FIG. 19, a plurality of types of tables are prepared. These tables are prepared for each type of extraction target (type of coffee beans) or for each roasting method. Furthermore, these tables are also prepared for each taste tendency of the beverage, and the user can select one of them according to his / her taste. The selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display.

FIG. 20 shows a waveform showing the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (state of change in the amount of hot water) that changes with the passage of time, which is added to FIG. 18 with a broken line. In this example, a total of about 185 cc of beverage will be provided. FIG. 20 shows the target values (or set values) of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 that change with the passage of time, and how those actual values change. , May be additionally plotted on the information display device 12 (see FIG. 1 and the like). The display screen as shown in FIG. 20 in the information display device 12 may be displayed on the information display device 12 by the user selecting a dedicated display mode. As a result, when the user is a purchaser of a beverage or the like, it may be possible to make the user wait without getting bored. Further, when the user is an administrator of the device 1, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the production of the beverage by the device 1 is properly executed.

In FIG. 21, as information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during the production of a beverage, the actual values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are superimposed on the target values (in real time) over time. The state of being plotted is shown. That is, FIG. 21 is a waveform obtained by adding a waveform showing a state of change in the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 to FIG. 20. These actual values can be measured as measured values by the pressure sensor and the temperature sensor, respectively. In the figure, the solid line shows the change mode of the target value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 when extracting a cup of beverage, and the alternate long and short dash line shows the change mode of the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9. .. Further, the broken line indicates the change mode of the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, and the alternate long and short dash line indicates the change mode of the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9.

In the example of FIG. 21, the process at the present time is in the middle of the period T6 (S15), and the measured values of the air pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from the period T1 to that time point (in the middle of the period T6). Indicates that you are. Here, the measured value of the atmospheric pressure in the extraction container 9 at this time is 1.2 atm, and the measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc. The measured values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps. The display screen as shown in FIG. 21 in the information display device 12 may be displayed on the information display device 12 by the user selecting a dedicated display mode. As a result, when the measured value does not reach the target value or when the measured value deviates significantly from the target value, the user can see the occurrence of leakage in the flow path and each element (piping,) forming the flow path. It will be possible to quickly respond to problems such as valves).

In FIG. 21, the target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 and the changes in the measured values thereof are illustrated in the information display device 12, but some of them are shown in the information display device. It may be shown in 12. For example, the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actually measured value of atmospheric pressure, or the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the actually measured value of the amount of hot water. Alternatively, the calculation results of the target value and the actually measured value (for example, the state of change in the amount of deviation thereof) may be shown.

The mode of changing the above-mentioned target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 is prepared in advance as a plurality of patterns, and the user can also select one according to his / her preference from among them. .. The information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in advance in the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10), or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15. Further, the above selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display.

Further, when one cup of beverage is extracted, changes in the above-mentioned target values and measured values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11, and they are displayed. The information indicating the above can be stored in, for example, the storage unit 11b. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as needed. Thereby, for example, the user can confirm the change of the target value and the actually measured value in the past beverage production.

The periods T1 to T11 are schematically shown in FIGS. 18, 20, and 21 with the same length as each other, but these are the actual time lengths in the actual information display device 12. It suffices if it is displayed at the interval corresponding to.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, in S102 of the preheat treatment S1', the steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 capable of storing the high-temperature liquid (hot water) in the liquid feed amount adjusting device 720 is used in the extraction container 9. Heat. As a result, the entire extraction container 9 can be uniformly heated. For example, in the subsequent permeation type extraction S17, it is possible to extract the beverage liquid (coffee liquid) without unevenness at a desired temperature, and as a result, , It is possible to improve the quality of beverages.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in an upright posture and immersed in a liquid (hot water). This liquid flows into the extraction container 9 by step S121, which is the first pouring. After that, the extraction container 9 is placed in an inverted position to increase the accumulated thickness of the ground beans (see S16), and the beverage liquid is delivered from the extraction container 9 in this inverted position to the cup via the pouring portion 10c (see S17). .. The remaining liquid (hot water) is additionally flowed into the extraction container 9 being delivered by step S122, which is the second pouring. The additional inflowing liquid is mainly used for permeation type extraction, and according to such an extraction mode, it is possible to impart a taste peculiar to permeation type extraction to a beverage, for example. In addition, the ratio between the immersion type extraction and the permeation type extraction can be adjusted, and it may be possible to expand the range of taste, flavor, etc. to the extent that it can be expressed. As a result, high quality beverages can be realized.

Next, a device that allows the user to easily select a favorite beverage will be described. In the following description, components having the same names as the components described so far may be given the same reference numerals as those used so far.

First, a communication system (hereinafter, simply referred to as a system) including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of the system 1200 including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The system 1200 includes a server 1201, an information display device 1202, 1204, and a beverage manufacturing device 1203, 1205. The information display devices 1202 and 1204 according to the present embodiment rank and display beverage information that can be instructed to be produced by the beverage production devices 1203 and 1205. Here, the beverage manufacturing devices 1203 and 1205 correspond to the beverage manufacturing device 1, and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 correspond to the information display device 12. The server 1201 and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 are connected to each other so as to be able to communicate with each other via a network 1206 such as the Internet. The information display devices 1202 and 1204 and the beverage production devices 1203 and 1205 exist in stores that provide coffee beans and beverages, for example, and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 are via short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). Communication may be possible.

FIG. 23 is a configuration diagram of the server 1201. The processing unit 1301 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the server 1201 in an integrated manner. The operation of the server 1201 in the present embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1301 loading the program stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing the program. The memory 1302 is also used as a working memory for the CPU of the processing unit 1301. The storage unit 1303 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the server 1201. In addition, various databases are constructed in the storage unit 1303, and for example, a beverage information database (DB) 1303a, a user information DB 1303b, and a manufacturing history DB 1303c (hereinafter, also referred to as DB 1303a to 1303c) described later are stored. Memorize the applications that can provide services.

The communication interface (I / F) 1304 is configured according to the medium of the network 1206, such as wired or wireless. The display unit 1305 is, for example, a display, and displays, for example, a user interface screen to the administrator of the server 1201. Further, the operation unit 1306 is, for example, a keyboard or a mouse, and can accept operations from an administrator.

The data processing unit 1307 includes, for example, at least one of a CPU and a GPU, extracts data based on a data acquisition request for DB 1303a to 1303c described later, adds data based on a data update request, and the like. The parts of FIG. 23 can be connected to each other via the bus 1308.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the configuration of the information display device 1202. As described above, the information display device 1202 corresponds to the information display device 12. The processing unit 1401 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the information display device 1202 in an integrated manner. The operation of the information display device 1202 in the present embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1401 loading the program stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing the program. The memory 1402 is used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1401. The storage unit 1403 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the information display device 1202.

The communication I / F 1404 is configured according to the medium of the network 1206, such as wired or wireless, and is configured to be able to communicate with the server 1201. The short-range wireless communication I / F1405 communicates by a communication method different from the communication by the communication I / F1404, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In the present embodiment, the information display device 1202 may be capable of communicating with another information display device 1204 that is close to the information display device 1202 via the short-range wireless communication I / F 1405, for example, by being installed in the same store.

The display unit 1407 is a touch panel and displays a user interface screen for the user to use the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203. In addition, the operation unit 1408 can accept operations from the user and includes a hardware key for determination and the like. When the display unit 1407 is a touch panel, the operation unit 1408 may be realized as a software key on the touch panel. In one example, the display unit 1407 is a display unit provided in a beverage manufacturing device (for example, a transmissive touch panel display means constituting the cover unit 102, an information display device 12, etc.) or a mobile terminal carried by a user (for example, a smartphone). , Mobile phone, etc., tablet), mobile terminal (for example, smartphone, mobile phone, etc., tablet) that can be operated by the manager such as a clerk, PC screen, POS terminal in the store where the beverage manufacturing device is installed, signage, etc. However, the screen of a POS terminal that integrates various code readers such as a cache register and / or a bar code may be used. Using the display unit of the POS terminal as the display unit 1407, various ranking displays are displayed, recipes and the like are selected by touch operation, and various information related to beverage production to be produced by the beverage production device desired by the user, such as a QR code (registered trademark) The code display or other image may be displayed on paper. The display on the paper may be read by a camera provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus, and information on beverage production may be specified from the read display to produce the beverage. Further, the POS terminal and the beverage manufacturing device are connected by a signal line (for example, the Internet, etc.) or wirelessly (for example, the Internet, etc.), a recipe or the like is selected by a touch operation on the display unit of the POS terminal, and the beverage manufacturing device desired by the user Information about the beverage production to be produced may be transmitted to the beverage production apparatus by a signal so that the beverage production apparatus desired by the user can produce the beverage. At this time, it may or may not pass through the server.

The imaging unit 1409 is a camera and generates imaging data of a still image. The image pickup unit 1409 can, for example, image the beans brought into the store by the user, or image the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal. By capturing the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal, the information display device 1202 can use a communication method other than communication I / F1404 or short-range wireless communication I / F1405 with the mobile terminal. It will be possible. The main body I / F1406 is an interface unit with the beverage production device 1203. For example, coffee bean selection information and extraction recipe information set by the user via the display unit 1407 and the operation unit 1408 are transmitted to the beverage production device 1203. Send. The parts of FIG. 24 can be connected to each other via the bus 1410.

25 (A) to 25 (C) are diagrams showing an example of data stored in DB 1303a to 1303c stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201. FIG. 25A is data 1500 stored in the beverage information DB 1303a. The data 1500 includes recipe ID 1501, creator information 1502 indicating the creator of the recipe, production number information 1503 indicating the number of times the beverage has been selected and produced by the user in the past, raw material information, production method, types 1512, 1513. .. The raw material information includes bean information 1504 indicating the type of beans, production area information 1505 indicating the origin of beans, and roasting degree information 1506 indicating the degree of roasting of beans. In addition, the production method includes the amount of beans used in one extraction of 1507, the grain size of beans 1508, the amount of steaming water 1509, the steaming time 1510, and the amount of hot water extracted 1511. Type 1512 is type information indicating whether the beverage is a hot beverage or iced beverage, and type 1513 is type information indicating the flavor of the beverage. In the present embodiment, the production number information 1503 is described as the number of times that the beverage corresponding to the production number information 1503 is produced by the plurality of beverage production devices, but the production number information 1503 is provided for each beverage production device. May be stored.

FIG. 25B is exemplary data 1520 of the user information DB 1303b. The user may be a store, a clerk or a customer of the store. The data 1520 includes ID information 1521 indicating a user identifier, name information 1522 indicating a user's name, age information 1523 indicating the age of the user, and gender information 1524 indicating the gender of the user. In one example, the data 1520 may further include information corresponding to the user's address, user's nickname information, and user's photo data.

FIG. 25C is exemplary data 1530 of the manufacturing history DB 1303c. The data 1530 includes user information 1531 regarding the user instructed to manufacture, date and time information 1532 regarding the manufacturing date and time, recipe ID 1533 corresponding to the manufactured beverage, machine ID 1534 corresponding to the beverage manufacturing apparatus that produced the beverage, and the beverage manufacturing apparatus. Includes the store ID 1535 corresponding to the store. In one example, the data 1530 may further include price information and the like corresponding to the price of the beverage produced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, the process executed by the information display device 1202 to display the beverage information will be described. The process of FIG. 26 is executed by loading the program (app) stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 by the processing unit 1401 when the activation processing of the information display device 1202 and the beverage manufacturing device 1203 is completed. It will be realized. First, the processing unit 1401 specifies a category for displaying beverage information (S1601). As will be described later, the category may be specified based on an operation input by the user via the operation unit 1408, and the processing unit 1401 of the information display device 1202 sets a set value stored in the memory 1402 or the storage unit 1403. It may be specified by reading. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 acquires beverage information from the server 1201 based on the specified category (S1602). In the present embodiment, the processing unit 1401 transmits information indicating the specified category to the server 1201, and the server 1201 extracts beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a based on the received information indicating the category, and the information display device 1202. Send to. However, in one example, the information display device 1202 may have the beverage information in the storage unit 1403 and read the beverage information from the storage unit 1403 based on the specified category.

Here, with reference to FIG. 27, an example of the process executed by the server 1201 to transmit the beverage information to the information display device 1202 will be described. The process of FIG. 27 is realized by the processing unit 1301 loading the program (application) stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing it when the startup process of the server 1201 is completed. First, the processing unit 1301 receives the category from the information display device 1202 (S1701).

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 extracts the beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a based on the received category (S1702). For example, when the received category is bean information 1504 of raw material information, the data processing unit 1307 sorts the beverage information DB by bean type, calculates the number of times a recipe having the same bean information is produced, and calculates the number of times the bean is produced. Extract the type and the number of times it is manufactured. In addition, the recipe having the highest number of productions is extracted for each type of beans. Next, the processing unit 1301 transmits the type of the extracted beans and the number of times of production to the information display device 1202 (S1703).

In S1702, the processing unit 1301 may extract a predetermined number (for example, 5) of beverage information that is frequently produced. In another example, the processing unit 1301 may extract the beverage information stored in the storage unit 1303 including the beverage information recommended to the user. Alternatively, when the user information of the user who requested the beverage information is acquired from the information display device 1202, the beverage information may be extracted including the beverage information of the beverage that the user frequently instructs to manufacture. That is, in S1702, the beverage information may be extracted including the beverage information other than the beverage information that is produced most frequently.

Returning to the description of FIG. The processing unit 1401 displays the acquired beverage information on the display unit 1407 (S1603).

Here, an example of beverage information displayed on the display unit 1407 will be described with reference to FIG. 28. The screen 1800 of the display unit 1407 is an example of a screen displayed when "recipe" is specified as a category.

At the top of the screen 1800, recipe 1801, varistor 1802, and flavor 1803 are displayed as selectable categories. Recipe 1801 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of times of production for each recipe of the beverage information DB 1303a. The varistor 1802 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of productions of the beverage information DB 1303a for each inventor. Flavor 1803 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of times of manufacture for each type 2 1513 of beverage information DB 1303a. In addition, any parameter of beverage information such as bean information 1504 and production area information 1505 of beverage information DB 1303a may be selectable as a category.

In the example of FIG. 28, since the recipe 1801 is selected, the information display device 1202 displays the beverage information for each recipe, and the recipes 1804 to 1808 are ranked and displayed. Here, the ranking display indicates that a predetermined number of recipes are displayed in descending order of the number of times of extraction (number of times of production) of beverages selected and drawn by the user in the past. For example, recipe 1804 corresponds to the beverage information of recipe ID 1 in FIG. 25 (A), and other information such as inventor information 1502, bean information 1504, type 1512, and type 1513 is also displayed. When the beverage information recommended in S1602 is acquired in the ranking display of S1603, the recommended beverage information is also displayed.

Beverage information can be displayed in a plurality of display orders including ranking display and non-ranking display, and in the case of non-ranking display, the beverage information may be displayed in the order of the name of the beverage information. For example, a "name" field is prepared in each line of FIG. 25 (A), and the name of recipe ID "1" is "recipe A" and the name of recipe ID "2" is "recipe" as recipes that can be selected by the user. When the names of "C" and recipe ID "3" are registered in the server as "recipe B", in the case of displaying the recipe information in the order of names, "recipe A", "recipe B", "recipe" It is displayed in the order of "C". Here, it is assumed that the higher the upper part of the screen, the higher the ranking. Hereinafter, the same applies unless otherwise specified.

In the case of non-ranking display, it may be displayed in the order corresponding to the order information registered corresponding to the beverage information. For example, a "name" field and a "order information" field are prepared in each line of FIG. 25 (A), and the name of the recipe ID "1" is changed to "recipe A" and "order information" as recipes that can be selected by the user. Is "3", the name of the recipe ID "2" is "Recipe C", the name of the "order information" is "2", the name of the recipe ID "3" is "recipe B", and the name of the "order information" is "1". When registered in the server, in the case of non-ranking display of recipe information, "Recipe B", "Recipe C", and "Recipe A" may be displayed in this order from the upper part of the screen.

In the case of non-ranking display, it is displayed in the order corresponding to the order information registered corresponding to the beverage information, and if the order information is the same, it is displayed in the order of the name of the beverage information. For example, a "name" field and a "order information" field are prepared in each line of FIG. 25 (A), and the name of the recipe ID "1" is changed to "recipe A" and "order information" as recipes that can be selected by the user. Is "3", the name of recipe ID "2" is "Recipe C", "order information" is "3", the name of recipe ID "3" is "recipe B", and "order information" is "1". When registered in the server, in the case of displaying the recipe information in the non-ranking order, "recipe B", "recipe A", and "recipe C" are displayed in this order from the upper part of the screen.

It may be possible to display the ranking in consideration of the result of the administrator operation. Here, the administrator operation is an operation that can be changed on the management screen displayed by entering, for example, an administrator password or the like. That is, for example, a "priority" field is prepared in each line of FIG. 25 (A), the "priority" of the recipe ID "1" is set to "A", and the "priority" of the recipe ID "2". Is set to "C" and the "priority" of the recipe ID "3" is set to "C" by the administrator operation, and the number of recipes selected by the user in a certain period is the recipe ID "1". If the recipe ID "2" is 10 times, the recipe ID "2" is 5 times, and the recipe ID "3" is 12 times, the recipe ID "3" and the recipe ID are displayed from the top of the screen without considering the priority (administrator operation) as the recipe ranking display. The recipe ID "1" and the recipe ID "2" may be displayed in this order, or the recipe ID "1", the recipe ID "3", and the recipe ID "3" may be displayed from the upper part of the screen in consideration of the priority (administrator operation). 2 ”may be displayed in this order. Here, priority A has the highest priority, and B, C, and so on, the priority is reduced in alphabetical order.

The priority may not only be set by the administrator operation for each recipe, but may also be set by the administrator operation for each category such as the priority for each recipe and the priority for each bean. For example, the "priority" of the recipe ID "1" is "A", the "priority" of the recipe ID "2" is "C", the "priority" of the recipe ID "3" is "C", and the recipe ID "4". After setting the "priority" of "" to "C" by the administrator operation, the priority of the bean "A" is set to "B" and the priority of the bean "B" as the "priority" for each bean. Is set to "A" by the administrator operation, and the number of recipes selected by the user in a certain period is 10 times for recipe ID "1", 5 times for recipe ID "2", and recipe ID "3". Is 12 times and the recipe ID "4" is 1 time, the recipe ID "1", the recipe ID "3", and the recipe ID are added from the top of the screen, taking into account the priority (administrator operation) as the recipe ranking display. You may display "2" and recipe ID "4" in this order, or add priority (administrator operation) as a ranking display of beans, and from the top of the screen, you can see beans "B" and beans "A". It may be displayed in order.

In the example using FIG. 25, the ranking is displayed based on the selection count information of the user collected from the beverage manufacturing devices installed all over the world in a certain period, but the ranking is not limited to this, and the ranking is displayed all over the world. It is also possible to display rankings based on the number of selections of users collected from one or more beverage manufacturing devices installed in a certain period, and there are users collected from one or more beverage manufacturing devices installed in Japan. Ranking display based on the number of selections in the period is also possible, from a beverage manufacturing device installed in a certain area of a certain store (for example, one or more beverage manufacturing devices installed on the first floor in a five-story store). It is possible to display the ranking based on the collected user's selection count information, and it may be possible to display the ranking based on the user's selection count information collected from the beverage manufacturing apparatus for which the manufacturing instruction is to be given.

In the example using FIGS. 25 (A) to 25 (C), the ranking display is performed based on the selection count information of the user collected from the beverage manufacturing apparatus in a certain period, but the ranking is not limited to this, and the beverage manufacturing is not limited to this. The ranking may be displayed according to the amount of information collected from other than the device, for example, the amount of products sold during the period such as an independently operated website placed on the Internet. For example, the amount of bean varieties sold during the period of the EC (electronic transaction) site is stored in a server or the like, and the coffee beans of coffee to be produced by the beverage manufacturing apparatus are ranked and displayed on the screen according to the amount. You may do so. Specifically, if beans "B" are sold twice as much as beans "A" during the EC site, the recipe using beans "B" is prioritized over the recipe using beans "A". (For example, in the case of the recipe shown in FIG. 25 (A), the recipe ID "4", the recipe ID "1", the recipe ID "2", and the recipe ID "3" may be displayed in this order from the top of the screen). .. Of course, the ranking may be displayed using both the information on the number of selections of the user collected from the beverage manufacturing apparatus in a certain period and the information collected from other than the beverage producing apparatus. For example, during the period of the EC site, the bean "B" sells twice as much as the bean "A", and the number of recipes of the beverage manufacturing device selected by the user during a certain period is 10 times for the recipe ID "1" and the recipe ID. Assuming that "2" is 5 times, recipe ID "3" is 12 times, and recipe ID "4" is 1 time, recipe ID "4", recipe ID "3", recipe ID "1", and recipe ID are displayed from the top of the screen. It may be displayed in the order of "2".

Returning to the description of FIG. The processing unit 1401 confirms whether or not the category for displaying the beverage information on the display unit 1407 has been changed (S1604). For example, when the varistor 1802 or the flavor 1803 of FIG. 28 is selected by the user, the processing unit 1401 determines that the category has been changed (Yes in S1604), and returns the processing to S1601. When none of the recipe 1801, the varistor 1802, and the flavor 1803 is selected (No in S1604), the processing unit 1401 determines whether or not the beverage information displayed next has been selected (S1605). For example, when any of the recipes 1804 to 1808 of FIG. 28 is selected, the processing unit 1401 determines that the beverage information has been selected (Yes in S1605), and manufactures the beverage corresponding to the selected beverage information. Instruct the manufacturing apparatus 1203 (S1606). For example, in S1606, the processing unit 1401 instructs the beverage production apparatus 1203 to produce a beverage by transmitting the values of the production methods 1507 to 1511 of FIG. 25 to the beverage production apparatus 1203 via the main body I / F 1406. When the beverage information is not selected (No in S1605), the processing unit 1401 returns the processing to S1604 and waits for the category change or the selection of the beverage information. The user who specified the category in S1601 and the user who selects the beverage information in S1605 may be different.

Subsequently, after instructing the production of the beverage, the information display device 1202 notifies the server 1201 that the beverage has been produced (S1607). In one example, when the server 1201 receives the notification that the beverage has been produced from the information display device 1202, the server 1201 increases the number of times the recipe corresponding to the produced beverage is produced by one. That is, the beverage information DB 1303a also operates as a storage unit for the number of times the beverage is selected. In one example, the information display device 1202 transmits the user information instructing the production of the beverage, the date and time information, and the information about the beverage production device 1203 that produced the beverage to the server 1201, and the server 1201 records in the production history DB 1303c (1531- The history information may be updated by adding 1535). That is, the manufacturing history DB 1303c may also operate as a storage unit for storing the number of times the beverage is selected for each user. In this way, the ranking display can be updated by collecting information indicating that the product has been manufactured from at least one information display device or beverage manufacturing device and updating the number of times of manufacture.

Here, an example of processing when it is determined in S1604 of FIG. 26 that the category has been changed will be described. Here, the processing when the varistor 1802 of FIG. 28 is selected will be described. In this case, the processing unit 1401 determines that "varistor" is selected as the category (S1601), and transmits a signal indicating that the category is the varistor to the server 1201. When the server 1201 receives the signal (S1701), the server 1201 extracts the beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a (S1702). In S1702, the server 1201 controls the data processing unit 1307 to collect the data of the beverage information DB 1303a for each inventor and extract the beverage information. For example, the data processing unit 1307 totals the number of times the recipes with the same inventor information 1502 are manufactured, and calculates the number of times of manufacture for each inventor. In addition, the recipe production methods (1507 to 1511) that are produced most frequently are extracted for each inventor. That is, for each inventor, a combination of the number of times a recipe is selected to produce a beverage and a typical recipe of the inventor is extracted and transmitted to the information display device 1202 (S1703).

FIG. 29 shows a screen 1900 displayed on the display unit 1407 when the category is a varistor (inventor). In addition to the categories (1801-1803), the beverage information 1901-1903 for each inventor is ranked and displayed on the screen. For example, the beverage information 1901 indicates that the beverage corresponding to the recipe devised by the inventor "BBBB BBBB" was manufactured 1267 times, and the beverage information 1902 corresponds to the recipe devised by the inventor "○○ company". Indicates that the beverage was produced 1091 times. Here, when the selection button of the beverage information 1901 is pressed, the processing unit 1401 determines that the beverage information has been selected (Yes in S1605), and the number of times of production is the largest among the recipes of the inventor "BBBB BBBB". The beverage production apparatus 1203 is instructed to produce a beverage corresponding to a recipe having many recipes (S1606). In one example, the inventor can set a recommended recipe, and if the category is inventor and the inventor is selected, instruct the beverage maker 1203 to produce a beverage corresponding to the recommended recipe. You may.

FIG. 30 shows the screen 2000 displayed on the display unit 1407 when the category is type 2 (flavor). In addition to the categories (1801-1803), the beverage information 2001 and 2006 for each flavor are ranked and displayed on the screen. For example, Beverage Information 2001 indicates that a beverage having a flavor of "vanilla" has been produced 4107 times, and Beverage Information 2006 indicates that a beverage having a flavor of "chocolate" has been produced 1725 times. Here, when the beverage information whose flavor is "vanilla" is selected, a plurality of beverage information whose flavor is "vanilla" may be displayed, for example, for each recipe (2002-2004). In one example, recipes 2002 to 2004 may also be displayed in ranking, that is, in descending order of the number of times of production. By displaying the information in a hierarchical ranking in this way, the user can easily select a favorite beverage. The user can check other recipes by pressing the "See more" vanilla "recipe" button 2005.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced based on a predetermined category related to the beverage.

<Other Embodiments>
In the present embodiment, it has been described that there is only one category for displaying the beverage information, but in one example, a plurality of categories may be specified to display the beverage information. For example, when the varistor (inventor) and the flavor are specified as categories, the number of times of production of one or more recipes in which the varistor and the flavor are the same may be calculated and the beverage information may be displayed. As a result, the beverage information can be displayed by arbitrarily combining the categories that the user attaches importance to, so that it is possible to provide a device that makes it easy for the user who receives the beverage to select the beverage to be manufactured.

As illustrated above, the display mode of the ranking display may be different for each category. For example, in the case of category A (for example, ranking display by recipe FIG. 28), use up / down scrolling to display information on the top ranking at the top of the screen, the bottom of the screen as the ranking goes down, and the ranking at the bottom. In the case of another category B (for example, ranking display by varistor Fig. 29), the top ranking is displayed on the left side of the screen, and as the ranking goes down, the information on the right part of the screen and the lower ranking is displayed. By searching using left / right scrolling, not only the character information but also the operation mode changes, so that it may be easier to understand which category the user is viewing the ranking display. As another example, for example, in the case of category A (for example, ranking display diagram 28 by recipe), a certain number of choices (five in FIG. 28) are displayed at one time, and another category B (for example, ranking display diagram by varistor) is displayed. In the case of 29), different numbers (three in FIG. 29) may be displayed at one time to display different display modes.

Although FIG. 25A is illustrated as a beverage information DB 1303a that can be registered by the administrator, the administrator, the user, and a person requested by the administrator (for example, a barista) create a recipe using the screen of the additional drawing. , May be added to the beverage information DB 1303a.

In this case, some fields such as the above-mentioned "Priority" field, "Order information" field, and "Name" field cannot be registered by users or varistor, and only the administrator can register / modify by administrator operation. May be good. Of course, these fields may be registered and modified by the user.

Further, in FIG. 25A, not all recipes registered in the beverage information DB 1303a that can be registered by the administrator can be used by the user for beverage production, and each recipe is permitted by the “permission” field or the like. A field for setting disapproval is provided so that only recipes with a value of "Allow" in the "Allow" field can be used by the user for beverage production, and recipes with a value of "No" are used by the user for beverage production. It may not be possible. Further, only the recipes whose value in the "Allow" field is "OK" may be displayed so that the user can select them, and the recipes whose "No" value is "No" may not be displayed in the user selection display. Specifically, a "store" field is prepared in each row of FIG. 25 (A), and the value of the "store" field of the recipe ID "1" is set to "store A" and the value of the "store" of the recipe ID "2". If the value of the field is registered as "Store A" and the value of the "Store" field of the recipe ID "3" is registered as "Store B" by the administrator operation, the recipe ID "1" can be selected by the user in the store A. And the information of the recipe ID "2" are displayed so that the user can select it, and in the store B, the information of the recipe ID "2" is displayed as a recipe that can be selected by the user so that the user can select it. May be good. In another example, it may be applied to the ranking display exemplifying various restrictions on the recipes that can be selected depending on the registered contents of the “permission” field and the “store” field described above.

<Summary of Embodiment>
The above embodiment discloses at least the following devices.

1. 1. The control device (for example, 1202, 1203) of the above embodiment is
The first reception means for accepting the designation of the category of beverages manufactured by the beverage manufacturing department from the user,
An acquisition means for acquiring beverage information corresponding to the category received by the first reception means from the storage unit, and
A display means for displaying the beverage information acquired by the acquisition means, and a display means for displaying the beverage information.
A second receiving means for receiving the designation of the beverage information of one of the beverage information displayed by the display means from the user, and
An output means for outputting a beverage production instruction to the beverage manufacturing unit based on the one beverage information selected by the second reception means, and an output means.
Have,
The display means rank-displays a plurality of the beverage information corresponding to the category.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced.

2. In the above control device
The display means displays ranking by displaying the plurality of the beverage information according to the number of times selected by the user in the past.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced by ranking display.

3. 3. In the above control device
The first and second receiving means receive designations from a plurality of users.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced based on designations from a plurality of users.

4. In the above control device
The acquisition means acquires user information including at least one of the age and gender of the user of the beverage manufacturing apparatus from the storage unit.
The display means displays the beverage information in consideration of the user information.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide an apparatus that makes it easy to select a beverage to be produced based on the information of the user who receives the beverage.

5. In the above control device
The ranking display is performed based on the information collected from the plurality of beverage manufacturing departments.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced.

6. In the above control device
The beverage information includes at least one of information on raw materials for producing a beverage, information on a manufacturing recipe regarding a method for producing a beverage, and information on at least one creator of the manufacturing recipe.

According to this embodiment, it is possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced based on at least one of raw material information, manufacturing recipe information, and creator information. You may be able to do it.

7. In the above control device
The instruction is given to the beverage manufacturing unit of the beverage manufacturing apparatus.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced.

8. The method of the above embodiment
The first reception process that accepts the designation of the category of beverages manufactured by the beverage manufacturing department from the user,
The acquisition process of acquiring the beverage information corresponding to the category received in the first reception process from the storage unit, and the acquisition process.
A display step for displaying the beverage information acquired in the acquisition step, and a display step for displaying the beverage information.
A second reception process for receiving the designation of one of the beverage information displayed in the display process from the user, and
An output step of outputting a beverage manufacturing instruction to the beverage manufacturing unit based on the one beverage information selected in the second reception process, and an output step.
Including
In the display step, a plurality of the beverage information corresponding to the category is displayed in a ranking.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced.

9. The program of the above-described embodiment causes a computer to function as each means of the control device according to any one of the above-described first to seventh embodiments.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy for a user who receives a beverage to select a beverage to be produced.

Next, we will explain how to convey information about beverages to users in an easy-to-understand manner.

FIG. 31 is a block diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

The control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 is the same as the control device 11 shown in FIG. 10, and has a processing unit 11a, a storage unit 11b, and an I / F unit 11c as shown in FIG. The manufacturing unit 18 shown in FIG. 31 is a combination of the actuator group 14 and the sensor group 13 shown in FIG. 10, and the coffee beverage is manufactured by driving the actuator group 14. The production of the coffee beverage referred to here has a broad meaning, and in addition to the permeation type extraction (step S17) shown in FIG. 11 for finally producing the coffee beverage, each process in the extraction process S3 (step S11). ~ S16) is also included. Further, the preheat treatment S1, the grind treatment (step S2), and the discharge treatment S4 shown in FIG. 11 are also included.

The information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31 is the same as the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 10, and is specifically a touch panel type display, which displays various types of information, as well as an administrator of the device and a beverage. It is possible to accept the operation of the consumer. That is, in the information display device 12, the display screen becomes the reception unit 122. The information display device 12 also includes a control unit 121 and a photographing unit 123. The control unit 121, like the control device 11, has a processing unit 121a, a storage unit 121b, and an I / F unit 121c. The processing unit 121a controls the reception unit 122 and the photographing unit 123. The photographing unit 123 is a camera and generates shooting data of a still image and shooting data of a moving image. The control unit 121 receives a reception signal according to the operation from the reception unit 122. When the control unit 121 receives the reception signal, the control unit 121 transmits an instruction signal instructing execution of processing according to the reception signal to the control device 11. In the control device 11, the processing unit 11a transmits a control signal to the actuator group 14 in the manufacturing unit 18 in response to the instruction signal to control the drive of the actuator group 14. Further, the control device 11 transmits a response signal indicating that the drive of the actuator group 14 is completed or the like to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. In the control unit 121, the processing unit 121a transmits a control signal instructing the reception unit 122 to perform an operation reception display indicating that the operation has been accepted, a completion display based on the reception of the response signal, and the like. Further, the control unit 121 receives the photographing data from the photographing unit 123 and stores it in the storage unit 121b.

The I / F unit 121c of the control unit 121 includes an input / output interface for inputting / outputting signals between the external device and the processing unit 121a. Further, in the beverage manufacturing device 1 shown in FIG. 31, the I / F unit 121c in the information display device 12 includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 shown in FIG. 31 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15.

Further, the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 31 has a barometric pressure sensor 124. The barometric pressure sensor 124 detects the atmospheric pressure at the place where the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed, and outputs the detection result as a sensor signal. The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 acquires the sensor signal.

On the other hand, the control device 11 acquires a monitor signal indicating a driving status or the like from the actuator group 14. The control device 11 also acquires a sensor signal from the sensor group 13 in the manufacturing unit 18. The control device 11 monitors the production status of the coffee beverage in the manufacturing unit 18 by acquiring the monitor signal and the sensor signal, and transmits the monitoring result based on the monitor signal and the sensor signal to the control unit 121. The monitoring result may be the monitor signal or the sensor signal itself. Alternatively, when the monitor signal or the sensor signal represents a certain value, the certain value may be converted into another value and used as the monitoring result, or the information obtained from the certain value may be used as the monitoring result. Good. For example, information indicating whether or not a certain value exceeds a threshold value may be used as a monitoring result. However, it is not preferable that the processing load of the processing unit 11a increases in order to obtain a monitoring result based on the monitor signal or the sensor signal.

As described above, the response signal and the monitoring result are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. These response signals and monitoring results correspond to so-called logs and are stored in the storage unit 121b of the control unit 121. Some logs are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 at predetermined intervals (for example, intervals of 500 msec).

FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an information display device 12 on which a recipe list is displayed.

A recipe list is displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 32. The display screen of this recipe list may be the home screen of the display unit of the information display device 12, or is a selection screen selected from the menu items expanded by tapping the menu button 120 m displayed on the upper right. May be good.

In the recipe list shown in FIG. 32, three recipes are simply displayed. Tap the previous page icon 120b displayed on the left end to simply display the three recipes on the previous page, and tap the next page icon 120f displayed on the right end to simply display the three recipes on the next page. In FIG. 32, the recipe Re1 with the recipe name "Daito Blend" is simply displayed on the left side, the recipe Re2 with the recipe name "Pakamara Morning" is simply displayed in the center, and the recipe name "G shop original" is displayed on the right side. Recipe Re3 is displayed in a simple manner. All of these three recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 have just been created, and the indication "NEW" indicating that they are new works is displayed in the upper right corner.

Here, the recipe has some overlap with the explanation so far, but I will explain it again. The recipe includes information on various manufacturing conditions for producing a beverage, bean information, recipe creator information, and the like. That is, the recipe is used for some or all steps in the production of beverages. This recipe is managed in a database as shown in FIG. 25 in the server 1201 shown in FIG. 23 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31). Further, the recipe is stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device in each beverage manufacturing device 1. In the storage unit 121b as well, the recipes may be stored in a database and managed in the same manner as the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, or may be simply stored. Further, the storage unit 121b may continue to memorize the recipe, or acquires the recipe from the server 16 before producing the beverage, stores the recipe only during the production of the beverage, and manufactures the beverage. After that, the recipe may be deleted from the storage unit 121b. Alternatively, only a part of the recipe information (for example, bean information and recipe creator information) is stored in the storage unit 121b, and the rest of the recipe information (for example, the recipe creator information) is stored from the server 16 before the beverage is produced. For example, after the information on the production conditions) is acquired and the beverage is produced, the remaining information may be deleted from the storage unit 121b. The recipe stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device is encrypted.

The bean information and creator information included in the recipe are displayed when the user selects a beverage. Information on production conditions is parameters (set values) used in some or all processes of beverage production. The processing unit 11a of the control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 refers to the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 and controls the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 according to the parameters. For example, the processing unit 11a controls the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. 3, controls the rotation speed of the rotary blade in the crushing device 5, controls the drive of the heater 72a, and controls the compressor 70, according to the parameters. Control the drive of.

In each recipe Re1, Re2, Re3, a production area display Rm indicating the production area of beans is displayed in the upper left corner. Below the production area display Rm, a name display Rb indicating the name of the beans is displayed. Below the name display Rb, a roasting degree display Rr indicating the roasting degree of beans is graphically displayed. Further, below that, icons Rih and Ric indicating Type 1 (whether the beverage is a hot beverage or an iced beverage) described with reference to FIG. 25 are displayed. An icon indicating type 2 (type information indicating the flavor of the beverage) described with reference to FIG. 25 may also be displayed. In any of the recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 shown in FIG. 32, the hot beverage icon Rih is lit and the iced beverage icon Ric is grayed out. In addition, a size icon Ris indicating the size of the cup is also displayed at the right end. The recipe name display Rn is displayed in the central portion of the recipe in the vertical direction, and the image Im is displayed together with the name of the recipe creator below the recipe name display Rn. This image Im is an image taken by the recipe creator (creator in FIG. 25 (A)). In Recipe Re1 of "Daito Blend" on the left side, the face image Im is displayed together with the name of the barista "M.FFFFFF". In the recipe Re2 of "Pakamara Morning" in the center, the face image Im is displayed together with the name of the barista "S.VVVV". In the recipe Re3 of "G shop original" on the right side, the face image Im is displayed together with the name of "Taro Koda", the manager of G shop. And at the bottom, the price Pr of the coffee drink of the recipe name is displayed.

Tap the displayed recipe to display the details of that recipe.

FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a screen displayed when the recipe Re1 of “Daito Blend” on the left side is tapped on the display screen shown in FIG. 32.

The display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 33 displays recipe information based on a recipe card (see FIG. 44) described later. Here, the recipe information of "Daito Blend" is displayed. Compared with the simple display recipe Re1 shown in FIG. 32, the details of the taste such as the bitterness display Ra1 and the acidity display Ra2 are displayed graphically. In addition, the comment Rc of the recipe creator is also displayed. Further, along with the image Im, the introduction Rh of the recipe creator is also displayed on this screen. Image Im in FIG. 33 is an image taken by the creator of this recipe. In addition, a paid icon Rip indicating that this recipe is a paid recipe is also displayed in the upper right. The paid icon Rip shown in FIG. 33 indicates that the charge has been made. The "Daito Blend" recipe is a recipe that is open to the public as a paid recipe with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging. The term "open to the public" as used herein means that, for example, recipe information as shown in FIG. 33 is automatically transmitted to information display devices 12 located in various parts of the world via the server 1201 shown in FIG. 23, and store management of each information display device 12 is performed. It means that you can get an overview of the recipe only on the screen (the same applies below). However, all the parameters required for manufacturing will not be disclosed. The public disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned store management screen, but may be disclosed on a screen that can be viewed by customers of the store, and is disclosed on the server 1201 instead of being automatically transmitted. It may be possible to see the recipe information from each store (the same applies below). Paid recipes will be displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32 only when the store side or the like charges and removes the usage restrictions. Then, on the recipe information display screen of FIG. 33, the recipe for which the usage restriction has been released can display a paid icon Rip to indicate to the customer that it is a paid recipe, and can appeal the premium feeling to the customer. Even if the paid recipe is not released from the usage restriction, it may be displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32. In this case, is the recipe information display screen displayed? Or, even if it is displayed, the extraction icon 120e, which will be described later, is not displayed, and extraction becomes impossible.

Further, a menu button 120m is prepared at the upper right of the screen, and a return icon 120r1 and an extraction icon 120e are prepared at the lower end of the screen. Tap the back icon 120r1 to return to the recipe list screen shown in FIG. 32. The extraction icon 120e displays the price of the coffee beverage with this recipe name. The price of the coffee beverage may be included in the recipe of the coffee beverage, or may be stored separately from the recipe. For example, the price may be stored in the storage unit 121b in association with the recipe.
When the extraction icon 120e is tapped, the accounting information is transmitted to the Point of sale (POS) system (not shown), and the accounting process is executed in the POS system. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started.

Next, the creation of the recipe will be described. The recipe is created by using the recipe management application installed in the information display device 12.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an information display device 12 on which a list of recipe management applications is displayed.

A list of recipe management applications is displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 34. The display screen of the recipe management application list is a screen selected from the menu items expanded by tapping the menu button 120 m displayed on the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 32 (see FIG. 56). When the return icon 120r2 displayed in the upper right is tapped, the screen returns to the screen in which the recipe list is displayed as shown in FIG. 32.

Three recipe management applications such as expert, tour, and standard are installed in the information display device 12, and these recipe management applications are executed by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31. The expert icon 120ei, the tour icon 120ti, and the standard icon 120si are displayed on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 34, respectively. Expert and standard recipe management applications will be described later, and here we will explain how to create new recipes using the tour recipe management application. To launch the tour recipe management application, tap the tour icon 120ti displayed in the center.

FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a start screen of the tour recipe management application.

The tour recipe management application creates recipes as you progress interactively. Hereinafter, the creation of a new recipe is referred to as a tour after the application name. On the start-up screen displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 35, the recipe creation can be interrupted even during the tour, and the completed recipe is the server 1201 (FIG. 31) described with reference to FIG. 23. It is displayed that the information is stored in the storage unit 1303 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in the above) or the database built in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12. In addition, two newly created icons 120ni and a suspended icon 120si are displayed at the bottom of the startup screen. When the suspended icon 120si shown in FIG. 35 is tapped, the tour suspended by inputting or selecting bean information is resumed. Tap the new icon 120ni to start the tour. When the back icon 120r3 displayed on the upper right is tapped, the screen returns to the screen showing the recipe management application list shown in FIG. 34.

The tour consists of five stages, and the final fifth stage is the completion of the tour, that is, the completion of a new recipe. The first step is the setting of the extraction method, which is the setting of the parameters related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25 (A). The second step is inputting or selecting bean information, and setting parameters related to raw material information shown in FIG. 25 (A). The third step is inputting or selecting varistor information, and setting parameters stored in the user information DB 1303b shown in FIG. 25 (B). The fourth step is to create a recipe card.

FIG. 36 is a diagram showing an explanatory screen for setting the extraction method in the first stage.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 36, a display screen in which the extraction method is set and characters are displayed is displayed. On this display screen, a progress chart PC is displayed so that the progress of the tour can be understood. From the progress chart PC shown in FIG. 36, it can be seen at a glance that the current stage is the first stage. In addition, "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment." Is displayed as an explanation for setting the extraction method in the first stage. Although this description is written in a way that is easy for the user to understand, the "movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus" is determined by various parameters related to the manufacturing method. The recipe includes various parameters related to the manufacturing method, and a set of various parameters related to the manufacturing method (“manufacturing method” shown in FIG. 25 (A)) corresponds to the parameters constituting the recipe. Therefore, the explanation for setting the extraction method, "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment.", Corresponds to the explanation of the parameters.

On the explanatory screen shown in FIG. 36, the tour is interrupted by tapping the interruption icon Si1 arranged in the upper right corner. On the other hand, when the next icon Nx1 arranged below is tapped, the screen shifts to the input screen of the parameters related to the manufacturing method.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting the grain size of beans, which is one of the parameters in the grind.

Input of parameters related to the manufacturing method in the tour is divided into 6 steps such as grind, steaming, main hot water supply, pressurization, stirring, and cup delivery. In the input of parameters in the grind, the amount of beans (g), the grain size of beans (μm), and the chaff removal strength (chaff removal rate) (%) are input. In the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 37, it is notified that the parameter input in the grind is currently being performed by changing the color of the grind icon Gi. Further, on the left side of this screen, an animation AM showing a part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 in a schematic diagram is displayed. In this animation AM, a schematic diagram 5M of the crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 2, a schematic diagram 6M of the separating device 6, a schematic diagram 9M of the extraction container 9, and a schematic diagram CM of the cup C shown in FIG. 3 are displayed. On the screen shown in FIG. 37, a state in which coffee beans are crushed is displayed in the schematic view 5M of the crushing device 5, and it is also notified in this animation AM that parameters are input in the grind. ing. Further, in the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 37, the input of the amount of beans is completed, and the grain size of the beans is input. On the right side of the screen, it is displayed that the inputtable range of the grinding particle size is 250 μm or more and 500 μm or less, and below that, the minus icon Mi and the plus icon Pi are sandwiched between the parameter display PP which is the current input value. It is displayed. When the minus icon mi is tapped once, the parameter display PP becomes a value subtracted by 1, and when the plus icon pi is tapped once, the parameter display PP becomes a value added by 1. The user taps the minus icon Mi or the plus icon Pi to input the parameter of the grinding grain size as a desired value within the inputtable range.

Although the display of the explanation of the parameter is not displayed on the screen for accepting the input of the parameter shown in FIG. 37, for example, the explanation such as "It is the movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus" shown in FIG. 36 is shown in FIG. 37. It may also be displayed on the screen shown, or it may be displayed with a description of individual parameters such as "the particle size of the ground beans in the crusher."

On the parameter input screen, the interrupt icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and the end icon EN1 and the save icon NX2 are arranged below. When the interruption icon Si2 is tapped, the tour is interrupted, and the parameters input or selected on the displayed screen are stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit of the information display device 12. It is saved in the database constructed in 121b (the same applies to the following description). On the other hand, by tapping the end icon EN1, the tour can be ended without saving the parameters entered or selected on the displayed screen in the database (the same applies to the following description). When the save icon NX2 is tapped, the parameters entered or selected on the displayed screen are saved in the database as set values, and the next screen is displayed (the same applies to the following description). The screen next to the screen shown in FIG. 37 is a parameter input screen for steaming. In the input of the parameters in steaming, the amount of steaming water (g) and the steaming time (seconds) for steaming the beans are input.

Although the description of the parameter input screen after steaming is omitted, in the parameter input in the main hot water supply, the total amount of hot water extracted (injected hot water amount) (g), the first main hot water supply amount (g), and 1 Enter the waiting time (seconds) after the second main hot water supply. In the input of the parameters in the pressurization, the extraction pressure (bar), the extraction time (seconds), the pressure of the first decompression (bar), and the waiting time (seconds) after the first decompression are input. In the input of parameters in agitation, the rest time before rotation (seconds), the fluctuation pattern, and the rest time after rotation (seconds) are input. In the input of the parameter in the cup delivery, the delivery pressure (bar) is input. There are other parameters related to the manufacturing method, and in the tour, a smaller number of parameters are input than when creating a new recipe by the expert recipe management application described later. On the other hand, in the tour, more parameters are input than when creating a new recipe by the standard recipe management application described later. In the tour, the same number of parameters as when creating a new recipe by the standard recipe management application may be input, or a small number of parameters may be input.

When the setting of the extraction method is completed, the response message "The setting of the extraction method is completed" may be displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12, or "The movement setting of the beverage manufacturing device is completed." May be displayed with the description "I'm done." It should be noted that, instead of displaying "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing device" shown in FIG. 36, the explanation "The setting of the movement of the beverage manufacturing device is completed" is displayed after the completion. You may.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting bean information in the second stage.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 38, a display screen in which bean information and characters are displayed is displayed. The progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and it can be seen at a glance that it is currently in the second stage. In addition, "Information on beans you want to use" is displayed as an explanation for inputting or selecting bean information in the second stage. Although it is described here for the user to understand easily, "information on beans to be used" is determined by various parameters related to raw material information. The recipe includes various parameters related to the raw material information, and a set of various parameters related to the raw material information (“raw material information” shown in FIG. 25 (A)) corresponds to the parameters constituting the recipe. Therefore, the explanation for inputting or selecting bean information, "Information on the beans you want to use," also corresponds to the explanation of the parameters.

Further, in the screen shown in FIG. 38, the newly created icon Ni1 and the selection icon Se1 are arranged on the left side. The color of the newly created icon Ni1 shown in FIG. 38 has changed, and it is notified that the newly created icon Ni1 has been tapped. When you tap the new icon Ni1, you will create a new bean information. On the screen shown in FIG. 38, an input field B1 for inputting the name of the beans, an input field B2 for inputting the country of origin of the beans, an input field B3 for inputting the farm where the beans were harvested, and the beans are displayed. An input field B4 for inputting the harvested altitude, an input field B5 for inputting the varieties of the beans, and an input field B6 for inputting the purification method of the beans are displayed. In FIG. 38, all the inputs of these input fields B1 to B6 are completed. When inputting, when one of the input fields to be input is tapped, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) appears on the display screen (see FIG. 46), and character input becomes possible. Below the input field, multiple cells are arranged in a horizontal row, and the cell on the left side indicates that it is lightly roasted, and the cell on the right side indicates that it is deeply roasted. A roasting degree display unit B7 represented by a position is provided.

As described above, on the screen shown in FIG. 38, the explanation of the parameters such as "Information on the beans to be used" is displayed, and the parameters such as the input fields B1 to B6 for inputting the bean information and the roasting degree display unit B7 are displayed. A display that accepts input is also displayed. The display of the explanation of the parameters related to the manufacturing method such as "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing device" shown in FIG. 36 and the display of accepting the input of the parameters related to the manufacturing method in FIG. 37 are displayed on separate screens (displayed at different timings). However, they may be displayed (displayed at the same time) on the same screen as the screen shown in FIG. 38. Further, the display of the explanation of the parameters shown in FIG. 38 and the display of accepting the input of the parameters related to the raw material information may be displayed on separate screens (displayed at different timings).

Also in the screen shown in FIG. 38, the interruption icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and the end icon EN1 and the save icon NX2 are arranged below.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a screen for selecting bean information in the second stage.

The progress chart PC is also displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 39, and it can be seen at a glance that it is currently in the second stage. In addition, an explanation display of parameters such as "Information on beans you want to use" is also displayed. In the screen shown in FIG. 39, the color of the selection icon Se1 among the newly created icon Ni1 and the selection icon Se1 has changed, and it is notified that the selection icon Se1 has been tapped. When the selection icon Se1 is tapped, the bean information is selected from the existing data. Existing data includes the name of the bean, the country of origin of the bean, the farm where the bean was harvested, the altitude at which the bean was harvested, the variety of the bean, the method of refining the bean, and the degree of roasting of the bean. The data includes parameters. On the screen shown in FIG. 39, the existing data display B8 showing the existing data line by line is displayed. In the existing data display B8 in FIG. 39, the color of the second existing data from the top (existing data whose bean name is “αβγ Geisha”) has changed, and it is notified that this existing data has been selected. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 39 is tapped, each parameter included in the existing data selected on the displayed screen is saved in the database as a set value, and the screen for inputting or selecting the varistor information in the third stage is displayed. To do.

FIG. 40 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting varistor information in the third stage.

A display screen in which varistor information and characters are displayed is displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 40. The progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and it can be seen at a glance that it is currently in the third stage. In addition, "Information of the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." Is displayed as an explanation for inputting or selecting the varistor information in the third stage. It is also used for the ranking mentioned here. Means that, in the ranking display described with reference to FIG. 29, the parameters input or selected here are displayed. The recipe includes various parameters related to the recipe creator, and a set of various parameters related to the recipe creator (one is the "creator" shown in FIG. 25 (A)) corresponds to the parameters constituting the recipe. Therefore, the explanation about the input or selection of varistor information, "Information of the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." Is also equivalent to the explanation of the parameters.

Further, also in the screen shown in FIG. 40, the newly created icon Ni2 and the selection icon Se2 are arranged on the left side. The color of the newly created icon Ni2 shown in FIG. 40 has changed, and it is notified that the newly created icon Ni2 has been tapped. When you tap the new icon Ni2, you will create a new varistor information. On the screen shown in FIG. 40, a character input field H1 for inputting the name of the recipe creator and a character input field H2 for inputting the comment of the recipe creator are displayed. In FIG. 40, these character input fields H1 and H2 are not input. When inputting, tap one of the input fields to be input, as in the case of inputting bean information explained above, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) will appear on the display screen (see Fig. 46), and you will be able to input characters. It will be possible. Further, on the screen shown in FIG. 40, an image taken by the camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12 is displayed in the image input field H3. Next to the image input field H3, a sentence is displayed that prompts the user to tap the shutter button Shu to take a picture and confirm the photographed image.

As explained above, on the screen shown in FIG. 40, the explanation display of the parameters such as "This is the information of the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." And the character input fields H1 and H2 and the image for inputting the varistor information. A display that accepts the input of parameters such as the input field H3 is also displayed.

Also in the screen shown in FIG. 40, the interruption icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and the end icon EN1 and the save icon NX2 are arranged below. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 40 is tapped, in addition to the name of the recipe creator, the comment of the recipe creator and the captured image entered in the image input field H3 and confirmed by tapping the shutter button Shu are also parameter setting values. It is saved in the database as and included in the recipe. The photographed image may be saved separately from the recipe, but even in this case, it is saved in association with the recipe.

FIG. 41A is a flowchart showing a method of creating a recipe on the screen for inputting the varistor information shown in FIG. 40.

In the recipe creation method here, first, a start step (step SH1) of displaying a screen for inputting varistor information shown in FIG. 40 on the display unit of the information display device 12 is executed. As described above, the screen for inputting varistor information shown in FIG. 40 is a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe, including input for parameters such as the name of the recipe creator and the comment of the recipe creator. Corresponds to the screen.

Next, a shooting step (step SH2) of shooting with the camera 1230 is executed while the screen for inputting the varistor information shown in FIG. 40 is displayed. That is, while displaying the image captured by the camera 1230 in the image input field H3 provided on the screen shown in FIG. 40, the shutter button Shu is tapped to confirm the captured image. In FIG. 40, the recipe creator is photographed, but instead of the recipe creator, the person who introduced the recipe may be photographed, or the person who drank the beverage of the recipe may be photographed. Further, not only a person but also an object (for example, coffee beans in the bean information of this recipe) may be photographed. Further, by pressing and holding the shutter button Shu, it may be possible to shoot not only a still image but also a moving image. For example, the photographed image may be a video explaining the coffee bean plantation of the bean information of this recipe.

Then, by tapping the save icon NX2, the save step (step SH3) is executed. In this saving step (step SH3), the image taken in the shooting step (step SH2) is associated with parameters such as the name of the recipe creator and the comment of the recipe creator, and the server 1201 described with reference to FIG. 23 (step SH3). It is stored in the storage unit 1303 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 provided with the camera 1230.

Further, the recipe creation technique described above can be used as software.

FIG. 41B is a schematic diagram showing an outline of the recipe creation program.

The recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. 41 (b) is executed in an information display device 12 including a processing unit 121a for executing the program, a camera 1230 for capturing an image, and a display screen, and the information display device 12 is used as a recipe. A recipe creation program that operates as a creation device, which is one of an acquisition means RP11 for acquiring a recipe used for a part or all of the processes of manufacturing a beverage and a recipe acquired by the acquisition means RP11 on the information display device 12. This is a program for constructing a display control means RP12 for displaying a part or the whole on a display screen, and a storage control means RP13 for storing an image taken by the camera 1230 in association with a recipe.

The storage control means RP13 stores the image taken by the camera 1230 in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 in association with the recipe. It is a thing.

In the above description,
"Acquisition means [for example, information display device 12 or processing unit 121a] for acquiring recipes used in a part or all processes of beverage production, and
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, grain size of beans, amount of steamed hot water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of injected hot water), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition. Pressure supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.] Processing for producing beverages [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. 3, processing for controlling the rotary blade in the crushing device 5, processing for driving control of the heater 72a, processing for driving control of the compressor 70. Etc.] with the processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a]
A manufacturing means for producing a beverage by operating by a process executed by the processing means [for example, an actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (crushing device 5 and extracting device 3 shown in FIG. 3)] and
A shooting means for taking an image [for example, a camera 1230] and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
The image taken by the shooting means can be saved in association with the recipe [for example, it can be saved in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12. ],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was explained.

The term "manufacturing a beverage" as used herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final production of a beverage, but also preparation before the final production, production of an intermediate, and the like.

Further, there are a plurality of types of the manufacturing means, and the recipe may include a plurality of types of parameters for each of the manufacturing means, or one manufacturing means has a plurality of types of parameters. It may include a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from the server via the communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit [for example, an information display device 12 or an I / F unit 11c] for acquiring a recipe including parameters and a processing unit [for example, actuator group 14, manufacturing unit 18] for executing a process for producing a beverage. , The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control unit [for example, a control device 11 or a processing unit 11a] that controls the processing unit according to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition unit.

Further, the image saved in association with the recipe may be a still image or a moving image. For example, the image may be a moving image explaining the beverage (more specifically, a moving image explaining a coffee bean plantation as a raw material of the beverage).

Further, the image saved in association with the recipe may be an image of a person or an image of an object (for example, coffee beans).

Also,
"A display means for displaying a part or all of the recipe [for example, a display unit of the information display device 12] is provided.
The display means also displays an image saved in association with the recipe while displaying a part or all of the recipe [for example, displaying an image Im in the recipe information shown in FIG. 33, or Image Im is displayed in the simply displayed recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 shown in FIG. 32].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
A display means [for example, a display unit of an information display device 12] for displaying a selection display [for example, display of a recipe list shown in FIG. 32] for selecting one beverage from a plurality of beverages is provided.
The processing means executes a process for producing a beverage by referring to the parameters included in the recipe of the beverage selected in the selection display [for example, the beverage displaying the display of the recipe information shown in FIG. 33] [ For example, it is executed by tapping the extraction icon 120e shown in FIG. 33].
The display means displays an image saved in association with the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display [for example, the image Im is displayed in the simple displayed recipes Re1, Re2, Re3 shown in FIG. 32. To do]
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The display means may display an image saved in association with the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display as an introducer of the recipe, or may drink the beverage. It may be displayed as a person.

Also,
"The display means displays an image saved in association with the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display as the creator of the recipe [for example, the simply displayed recipe Re1 shown in FIG. 32. The image Im is displayed together with the name of the varistor in Re2 and Re3].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The manufacturing means is a device that processes the extraction target [for example, the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3].
The recipe includes information to be extracted [for example, bean information].
The display means also displays information on the extraction target included in the recipe of the beverage [for example, production area display Rm, name display Rb, roasting degree display Rr] for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The display means also displays the price of the beverage [for example, the price Pr of the coffee beverage] for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The price of the beverage may be included in the recipe of the beverage, or may be stored in the storage unit separately from the recipe.

Also,
"The display means displays a recipe creation display [for example, a new recipe creation display by a tour recipe management application (FIGS. 34 to 47)] used when creating the recipe.
The shooting means shoots in a state where the display means is displaying the recipe creation display [for example, a state in which the varistor information input screen shown in FIG. 40 is displayed].
An image taken by the photographing means while the display means is displaying the recipe creation display can be saved in association with a recipe completed using the recipe creation display [for example, server 1201 (FIG. 31). It can be stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 shown) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"A storage means for storing the recipe [for example, a storage unit 121b of the information display device 12] is provided.
The acquisition means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the recipe from the storage means.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above is described as "an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all of the processes of beverage production, and an acquisition means.
A processing means for executing a process for producing a beverage with reference to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means, and a processing means.
A manufacturing means that operates by the processing performed by the processing means to produce a beverage, and
Shooting means to take an image and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
Images taken by the photographing means can be included in the recipe and stored.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above can be applied to the beverage manufacturing apparatus.

Further, the beverage manufacturing apparatus described above is an apparatus including "acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all of the processes of beverage production, and a photographing means for photographing an image, and the photographing is described above. It may be a device characterized in that an image taken by means can be stored in association with the recipe. ”To this device, the characteristics of the beverage manufacturing device described above shall be applied. Can be done.

In addition, in the above description,
"Parameters for producing a beverage in a beverage manufacturing device [eg, beverage manufacturing device 1] including a display means [for example, a display unit of an information display device 12] and a photographing means [for example, a camera 1230] [for example, beans. Amount, grain size of beans, amount of steamed hot water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of injected hot water), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, pressurized hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, pre-rotation rest time, after rotation It is a recipe creation method that includes the rest time, delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.
A start step [for example, step SH1 shown in FIG. 41] in which the display of the recipe creation display used when creating the recipe including the input for the parameter is started in the display means, and
A shooting step [for example, step SH2 shown in FIG. 41] in which the recipe creation display is displayed on the display means and the shooting means takes a picture.
A storage step [for example, step SH3 shown in FIG. 41] in which the image taken in the shooting step is stored in the storage means in association with the recipe completed by using the recipe creation display.
[For example, a method for creating a recipe shown in FIG. 41]. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, the shooting in the shooting step is a display instructing to shoot in the recipe creation display [For example, "Take a picture. Take a picture above." Displayed on the varistor information input screen shown in FIG. 40. Please take a look. If you like, tap the shutter button. ”Is displayed and the shooting may be performed.

Further, in the shooting in the shooting step, a person may be shot or an object may be shot. When shooting a person, the person may be a person related to the recipe currently being created, for example, the creator of the recipe or the introducer of the recipe. In addition, when photographing an object, it may be a raw material (for example, coffee beans) of a beverage of the recipe currently being created.

The storage means in the storage step may be a storage means in the beverage manufacturing apparatus or a server connected via a communication network.

Further, it is executed in a device [for example, an information display device 12] including a processing unit for executing a program [for example, a processing unit 121a] and a photographing means for capturing an image [for example, a camera 1230], and the device is used. A recipe creation program that operates as a recipe creation device.
On the device
An acquisition means [for example, acquisition means RP11 shown in FIG. 41 (b)] for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all steps of manufacturing a beverage, and
A recipe creation program [for example,] characterized by constructing a storage control means [for example, the storage control means RP13 shown in FIG. 41 (b)] for storing an image captured by the photographing means in association with the recipe. Recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. 41 (b)]. May be.

Further, "the device includes a display means [for example, a display unit of the information display device 12].
On the device
A recipe creation program comprising constructing a display control means [for example, the display control means RP12 shown in FIG. 41 (b)] that causes the display means to display a part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means. May be.

Further, in the above description, any of the constituent requirements expressed as ~ means can be replaced with ~ part.

FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a screen for selecting varistor information in the third stage.

The progress chart PC is also displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 42, and it can be seen at a glance that it is currently in the third stage. In addition, the explanation display of the parameter such as "This is the information of the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." Is displayed. On the screen shown in FIG. 42, the color of the selection icon Se2 among the newly created icon Ni2 and the selection icon Se2 has changed, and it is notified that the selection icon Se2 has been tapped. When the selection icon Se2 is tapped, the varistor information is selected from the existing data. The existing data will be data including each parameter such as the name of the recipe creator, the comment of the recipe creator, and the photographed image. On the screen shown in FIG. 42, the existing data display H4 showing the existing data line by line is displayed. In the existing data display H4 in FIG. 42, the color of the second existing data from the top (existing data whose recipe creator name is "B.VVVV") has changed, and it is notified that this existing data has been selected. ing. On the screen shown in FIG. 42, the captured image is not displayed on the existing data display H4, but when the swipe operation is performed toward the right side, the captured image is displayed line by line. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 42 is tapped, each parameter included in the existing data selected on the displayed screen is saved in the database as a set value, and the screen for creating the recipe card in the fourth stage is displayed.

FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a start screen for creating a recipe card in the fourth stage.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 43, a display screen in which a recipe card is created and characters are displayed is displayed. The progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and it can be seen at a glance that the fourth stage has been reached. The screen shown in FIG. 43 is a start screen explaining that a recipe card will be created from now on. On this start screen, tap the interruption icon Si1 located in the upper right corner to interrupt the tour. On the other hand, when the next icon Nx1 arranged below is tapped, the screen shifts to the recipe card input screen.

FIG. 44 is a diagram showing an input screen of the recipe card.

The recipe card is the source of the recipe information described with reference to FIG. 33. On the recipe card, some of the parameters that have been input so far are displayed, and an input field for parameters that can be input on this input screen is also displayed. A recipe name input field R1 for inputting a recipe name is provided below the character display of the recipe card. The recipe name is a parameter input on the input screen of this recipe card. Below the recipe name input field R1, a bitterness display unit R2 that graphically represents the bitterness of a coffee beverage produced according to this recipe and an acidity display unit R3 that graphically represents the acidity are provided. Both the bitterness display unit R2 and the acidity display unit R3 represent bitterness or acidity at five levels by five cells R2s and R3s arranged on the circumference, and when any cell is tapped, the tapped cell is displayed. The number of levels according to the position of is displayed in the center. In addition, the display mode of each cell changes clockwise up to the tapped cell.

In the upper right, two icons Rih and Ric indicating Type 1 (whether the beverage is a hot beverage or an iced beverage) described with reference to FIG. 25 are displayed. Tap one of the icons to turn it on, and the other icon will be grayed out. In FIG. 44, the icon Rih indicating that it is a hot beverage is tapped to light up, and the icon Ric indicating that it is an iced beverage is grayed out. In addition, a size icon Ris indicating the size of the cup is also displayed. When you tap the size icon Ris, the type of icon changes in the order of espresso size, S size, M size, L size, espresso size, S size, and so on. In FIG. 44, the size icon Ris is M size. Further, on the right end, a paid icon Rip indicating that this recipe is a paid recipe is also displayed. Tap the paid icon Rip to turn it on, tap it again to gray it out, tap it again to change it to a public prohibition icon, and tap it again to turn it on repeatedly. The recipe creator turns on the paid icon Rip when he / she wants to make it publicly available as a paid recipe with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging. The paid icon Rip shown in FIG. 44 is lit. On the other hand, if you want to make it open to the public as a free recipe so that it can be enjoyed widely at any store, turn off the paid icon Rip. Also, if you do not want to use it even if you charge, display the publication prohibition icon.

Below these icons, some of the parameters of the bean information that have been set by inputting or selecting the bean information described with reference to FIGS. 38 and 39 are displayed. That is, a bean-producing country display column R4, a bean name display column R5, and a roasting degree display unit R6 are provided and displayed respectively.

Further below that, a comment display column R7 is provided. In the comment display field R7, the comment of the recipe creator who has been set by inputting or selecting the varistor information described with reference to FIGS. 40 and 42 is displayed.

Further, an image display unit R8 is provided below the bitterness display unit R2, and a recipe creator name display field R9 is provided next to the image display unit R8. The captured image set by inputting or selecting the varistor information described with reference to FIGS. 40 and 42 is displayed on the image display unit R8, and the varistor information is also input on the recipe creator name display field R9. Alternatively, the name of the recipe creator that has been set by selection is displayed.

Below the recipe creator name display field R9, an introduction input field R10 for the recipe creator is prepared. The introduction of the recipe creator is a parameter input on the input screen of this recipe card. Whether you enter characters in the recipe name input field R1 or the introduction input field R10, tap the input field and a software keyboard (screen keyboard) will appear on the display screen. (See FIG. 46), and characters can be input.

As described above, the parameters that are first input on the recipe card input screen shown in FIG. 44 are the recipe name in the recipe name input field R1, the introduction of the recipe creator in the introduction input field R10, and the coffee beverage in the bitterness display unit R2. Bitterness, sourness of coffee drinks on the acidity display R3, type 1 by the hot drink icon Rih and ice drink icon Ric, the size of the coffee drink by the size icon Ris, and whether or not the recipe by the paid icon Rip is charged, or It is prohibited to publish by the publication prohibition icon. In addition, on this input screen, type 2 (type information indicating the flavor of the beverage) described with reference to FIG. 25 may also be input.

Also in the input screen shown in FIG. 44, the interruption icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and the end icon EN1 and the save icon NX2 are arranged below. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 44 is tapped, the recipe name and the introduction of the recipe creator are saved in the database as parameter setting values and included in the recipe. In addition, the bitterness and acidity of the coffee beverage are stored in the database as type 3 following type 2 shown in FIG. 25 (A), the distinction between hot beverage and iced beverage is stored in the database as type 1, and the size of the coffee beverage is determined. It is saved in the database as type 4, and the distinction between paid recipes and prohibition of publication are saved in the database as type 5, and each is included in the recipe. Then, the screen shifts to the confirmation screen of the registered contents.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a confirmation screen of registered contents.

The display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 45 has an extraction method icon Ci1, a bean information icon Ci2, a varistor information icon Ci3, and a recipe name icon Ci4 corresponding to the first to fourth stages of the tour, respectively. It is displayed. Next to the extraction method icon Ci1, the values of the amount of beans and the grain size of the ground are displayed, which are input in the setting of the extraction method described with reference to FIG. 37 and set in the database. Next to the bean information icon Ci2, the names of beans set in the database by inputting or selecting the bean information described with reference to FIGS. 38 and 39 are displayed. It should be noted that whether the bean information is newly created or selected from existing data is also displayed, and in FIG. 45, "new" indicating that the bean information is newly created is displayed. Next to the varistor icon Ci3, the name of the recipe creator set in the database by inputting or selecting the varistor information described with reference to FIGS. 40 and 42 is displayed. Also here, whether the varistor information is newly created or selected from existing data is also displayed, and in FIG. 45, "new" indicating that the varistor information is newly created is displayed. Next to the recipe name icon Ci4, the recipe name input on the recipe card input screen described with reference to FIG. 44 is displayed. As shown in the confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45, tapping the extraction method icon Ci1, the bean information icon Ci2, the varistor information icon Ci3, and the recipe name icon Ci4 switches to the detailed display.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a detailed display screen displayed by tapping the bean information icon Ci2 shown in FIG. 45.

The detailed display screen shown in FIG. 46 is a display that accepts input of parameters such as input fields B1 to B6 for inputting bean information and roasting degree display unit B7 displayed on the bean information input screen shown in FIG. 38. The same display as is displayed. In FIG. 46, by tapping the input field B6 for inputting the bean refining method, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) SKB appears, and characters can be input. When the modification icon MOi prepared at the bottom is tapped, the modification contents on this detailed display screen are overwritten in the database and saved. On the other hand, if the confirmation is completed and no correction is made, tap the close icon CLi prepared in the upper right to return from the detailed display screen shown in FIG. 46 to the registration content confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45.

Also in the confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45, the interruption icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner. Further, an OK icon OKi is arranged at the lower end. Tap this OK icon OKi to move to the recipe registration completion screen.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a recipe registration completion screen.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 47, a display screen in which the recipe registration is completed and characters are displayed is displayed. The progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and it can be seen at a glance that the fifth stage tour has been completed. A jump icon JPi is arranged at the lower end of the recipe registration completion screen. When this jump icon JPi is tapped, the screen shifts to the screen where the recipe management application list shown in FIG. 34 is displayed.

The characteristic points of the recipe creation method in the tour described above are summarized in FIG. 48 (a).

FIG. 48A is a flowchart showing a characteristic recipe creation method in the tour.

In the recipe creation method shown in FIG. 48A, first, the first step St11 is executed. In the first step St11, parameters such as the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25A will be described on the display unit of the information display device 12. Specifically, on the explanation screen shown in FIG. 36, characters such as "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing device." Are displayed. Next, input is accepted for various parameters of the manufacturing method. Specifically, the screen for accepting the input of parameters such as the grain size of beans shown in FIG. 37 is displayed. In this first step St11, the explanation of the parameters and the input reception of the parameters are performed on different screens.

Next, the second step St12 is executed. This second step St12 is a step related to bean information. The bean information corresponds to the raw material information shown in FIG. 25 (A). In the second step St12, the bean information input screen shown in FIG. 38 is displayed. On this input screen, the explanation display of the parameter such as "Information on the beans you want to use" and the display for accepting the input of parameters such as the input fields B1 to B6 for inputting the bean information and the roasting degree display unit B7 are displayed on the same screen. It is displayed.

Finally, the third step St13 is executed. This third step St13 is a step related to varistor information. The varistor information corresponds to the information of the inventor and the like shown in FIG. 25 (A). In the third step St13, the varistor information input screen shown in FIG. 40 is displayed. On this input screen, the explanation display of parameters such as "This is the information of the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." And the input of parameters such as character input fields H1, H2 and image input fields H3 for inputting varistor information. The acceptance display is displayed on the same screen.

In the recipe creation method described above, the input of the parameter is accepted, and the accepted parameter is saved when moving to the next step. In the recipe creation method here, only a part of the parameters that can be input in the recipe creation of the expert described later is input and saved. For the parameters other than those input here, the recipe is completed by automatically inputting the standard values according to the values of the input parameters or by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. For example, in the input of the parameters of the manufacturing method in the second step St12 shown in FIG. 48 (a), only the extracted hot water amount (injected hot water amount), which is the total hot water amount, and the first main hot water supply amount are input, and the second main hot water supply amount. Etc. were not input, but the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31 calculated the second main hot water supply amount from the input hot water amount extracted and the first main hot water supply amount, and the server 1201 described with reference to FIG. 23 ( It is stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12.

Further, the recipe creation technique described above can also be used as software.

FIG. 48B is a schematic diagram showing an outline of the recipe creation program.

The recipe creation program RP2 shown in FIG. 48B is executed in an information display device 12 including a processing unit 121a for executing the program and a display screen, and the recipe creation device 12 is operated as the recipe creation device. An acquisition means RP21 for acquiring a recipe used for a part or all of the processes of manufacturing a beverage on the information display device 12, and a reception means RP22 for receiving input of parameters included in the recipe on a display screen. , A display control means RP23 for displaying a part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means RP21 on the display screen is constructed, and the information display device 12 is provided with an explanation and reception of the first parameter included in the recipe on the display screen. This is a recipe creation program that executes a recipe creation operation that accepts the input of the first parameter by the means, then explains the second parameter included in the recipe by the display means, and accepts the input of the second parameter by the accepting means.

In the above description,
"Acquisition means [for example, information display device 12 or processing unit 121a] for acquiring recipes used in a part or all processes of beverage production, and
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, grain size of beans, amount of steamed hot water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of injected hot water), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition. Pressure supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.] Processing for producing beverages [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. 3, processing for controlling the rotary blade in the crushing device 5, processing for driving control of the heater 72a, processing for driving control of the compressor 70. Etc.] with the processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a]
A manufacturing means for producing a beverage by operating by a process executed by the processing means [for example, an actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (crushing device 5 and extracting device 3 shown in FIG. 3)] and
A reception means for receiving input of parameters included in the recipe [for example, reception unit 122 shown in FIG. 31] and
A display means capable of displaying information [for example, a display unit of the information display device 12] and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
Explanation of the first parameter [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25 (A)] included in the recipe by the display means [for example, "the movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus." Displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 36. " ] And the input of the first parameter by the receiving means [for example, the input on the screen shown in FIG. 37], and then the second parameter included in the recipe by the display means [for example, FIG. 25 (A). ) [Parameters related to raw material information] [for example, explanations such as "information on beans to be used" displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 38] and input of the second parameter by the receiving means [for example, FIG. It is possible to execute a recipe creation operation [for example, creation of a new recipe by a tour recipe management application] that accepts [input on the screen shown in 38].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was explained.

The term "manufacturing a beverage" as used herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final production of a beverage, but also preparation before the final production, production of an intermediate, and the like.

Further, there are a plurality of types of the manufacturing means, and the recipe may include a plurality of types of parameters for each of the manufacturing means, or one manufacturing means has a plurality of types of parameters. It may include a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from the server via the communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit [for example, an information display device 12 or an I / F unit 11c] for acquiring a recipe including parameters and a processing unit [for example, actuator group 14, manufacturing unit 18] for executing a process for producing a beverage. , The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control unit [for example, a control device 11 or a processing unit 11a] that controls the processing unit according to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition unit.

Also,
"When the receiving means receives the input of the parameter, the display means displays a display indicating that the input of the parameter has been accepted [for example, a display PP of the parameter which is the current input value shown in FIG. 37]. Is a thing,
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The display indicating that the input of the parameter has been accepted may be an input value of the parameter, or may be a display such as "input has been accepted."

Also,
"The display of the explanation of the first parameter by the display means and the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted by the display means are displayed at the same time [for example, together as shown in the screen shown in FIG. 38. May be displayed on the screen]
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The display of the description of the first parameter by the display means and the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted by the display means are displayed at different timings [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 36]. The display of the description and the display of accepting the input of the parameters related to the manufacturing method in FIG. 37 may be displayed on separate screens].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

It should be noted that the display of the description of the first parameter may come first, and the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted may come later. Alternatively, conversely, the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted may come first, and the description of the first parameter may come later.

The display of the explanation of the second parameter by the display means and the display indicating that the input of the second parameter has been accepted by the display means may be displayed at the same time, or at different timings. It may be displayed. Further, the display of the description of the first parameter and the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted are displayed at the same time, while the display of the description of the second parameter and the display of the second parameter are displayed. The display indicating that the input of is accepted may be displayed at different timings.

Also,
"The recipe creation operation is an operation executed from the start of the recipe creation to the completion of the recipe through a plurality of steps [for example, 5 steps].
The display means is for displaying the degree of progress indicating which stage is currently advanced among the plurality of stages [for example, displaying the progress chart PC shown in FIG. 38 or the like].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The recipe creation operation may be an operation performed within a certain stage of the plurality of stages, or an operation performed over two stages of the plurality of stages.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above includes "acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all of the processes of beverage production, reception means for receiving input of parameters included in the recipe, and display capable of displaying information. A device including means, which is included in the recipe by the display means after receiving the description of the first parameter included in the recipe by the display means and the input of the first parameter by the reception means. It may be a device characterized in that it is possible to execute a description of the second parameter and a recipe creation operation for receiving the input of the second parameter by the receiving means. " The characteristics of the beverage manufacturing apparatus described can be applied.

In addition, in the above description,
"Parameters for producing a beverage in a beverage manufacturing apparatus including a reception means [for example, the reception unit 122 shown in FIG. 31] and a display means [for example, the display unit of the information display device 12] [for example, the amount of beans, Ground grain size of beans, steaming water volume, steaming time, extraction hot water volume (injection hot water volume), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, pressurized hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, pre-rotation rest time, post-rotation rest time , Delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.] for producing a beverage [for example, of various valves shown in FIG. A recipe creation method including opening / closing control processing, rotary blade control processing in the crushing device 5, drive control processing of the heater 72a, drive control processing of the compressor 70, etc.]
Display of explanation of the first parameter included in the recipe by the display means [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25 (A)] [for example, "movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus" displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 36. Is displayed] and the first step [for example, the first step shown in FIG. 48] for receiving the input of the first parameter by the receiving means [for example, receiving the input on the screen shown in FIG. 37]. Step St11] and
Display of explanation of the second parameter [for example, the parameter related to the raw material information shown in FIG. 25 (A)] included in the recipe by the display means [for example, "information on beans to be used" displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 38. Is displayed] and the second step of receiving the input of the second parameter by the receiving means [for example, receiving the input on the screen shown in FIG. 38] [for example, the second step shown in FIG. 48]. Step St12] and
A method of creating a recipe, which is characterized by having. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The first step is a display indicating that when the receiving means receives the input of the first parameter, the display means has received the input of the first parameter [for example, the present shown in FIG. 37. It is also a step to display the parameter that is the input value of
The second step is a display indicating that when the receiving means receives the input of the second parameter, the display means has received the input of the second parameter [for example, the input field shown in FIG. 38]. Display of B1 to B6 and roasting degree display unit B7] is also a step to be performed.
How to make a recipe that is characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"In at least one of the first step and the second step, input acceptance of the parameter is executed while the explanation display of the parameter is being executed [for example, FIG. 38]. It will be displayed on the same screen as shown in the screen] step,
How to make a recipe that is characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"In at least one of the first step and the second step, after the parameter description display is executed first and the parameter description display is completed, the input reception of the parameter is received. In the step to be executed [for example, the display of the explanation of the parameters related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 36 is displayed, and after the display of the description is finished, the display accepting the input of the parameters related to the manufacturing method in FIG. 37 is displayed]. is there,
How to make a recipe that is characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

For example, the first step is a step in which input reception of the first parameter is executed while the explanation display of the first parameter is being executed, and the second step is the step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed. It may be a step in which the input reception of the second parameter is executed while the explanation display of the second parameter is being executed. Further, the first step is a step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed after the explanation display of the first parameter is executed first and the explanation display of the first parameter is completed. The second step is a step in which the explanation display of the second parameter is executed first and the input reception of the second parameter is executed after the explanation display of the second parameter is completed. There may be. Further, the first step is a step in which input reception of the first parameter is executed while the explanation display of the first parameter is being executed, and the second step is the step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed. It may be a step in which the input reception of the second parameter is executed after the explanation display of the second parameter is executed first and the explanation display of the second parameter is completed. Further, the first step is a step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed after the explanation display of the first parameter is executed first and the explanation display of the first parameter is completed. The second step may be a step in which the input reception of the second parameter is executed while the explanation display of the second parameter is being executed.

Further, it is executed in a device [for example, the information display device 12] including a processing unit [for example, the processing unit 121a] for executing the program and a display means [for example, the display unit of the information display device 12], and the device is executed. Is a recipe creation program that operates as a recipe creation device.
On the device
An acquisition means [for example, acquisition means RP21 shown in FIG. 48 (b)] for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all steps of manufacturing a beverage.
A reception means for receiving input of parameters included in the recipe [for example, reception means RP22 shown in FIG. 48 (b)] and
A display control means [for example, the display control means RP23 shown in FIG. 48 (b)] for displaying a part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means on the display means is constructed, and the display means is used on the device. After accepting the description of the first parameter included in the recipe and the input of the first parameter by the receiving means, the explanation of the second parameter included in the recipe by the display means and the second parameter by the receiving means. A recipe creation program [for example, the recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. 48 (b)], which is characterized by executing a recipe creation operation that accepts input of parameters. It may be.

In the above description, any of the constituent requirements expressed as ~ means can be replaced with ~ part.

Next, the expert recipe management application will be described. When the expert icon 120ei shown in FIG. 34 is tapped, a table in which the parameter names and their set values are displayed line by line and the software keyboard (screen keyboard) SKB shown in FIG. 46 are displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12. Will be done.

FIG. 49 is a diagram showing parameter names that can be input in the recipe creation of an expert.

When creating a recipe using the expert recipe management application, it is possible to enter parameters that could not be entered when creating a recipe using the tour recipe management application. The parameter name shown in FIG. 49 is an example of the parameter name that can be input in the recipe creation by the expert, and more parameters may be input.

In recipe creation by an expert, each parameter except the parameter of the image about the creator is directly input by operating the screen keyboard SKB. The image about the creator is an image taken by the camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12. In addition to the direct input by operating the screen keyboard SKB, the selection input from the pull-down list may be used.

When creating recipes by experts, an assist function that can be switched on and off is provided. When this assist function is turned off, the recipe cannot be completed unless all the parameters shown in FIG. 49 are input. On the other hand, if the assist function is turned on, if the parameters that must be input are input, the remaining parameters are determined according to the values of the input parameters or by the processing unit 121a whose standard value is shown in FIG. 31. It will be filled in automatically and the recipe will be completed.

Information about recipe constraints is set in type 5 shown in FIG. 49. In this type 5, information on paid recipes represented by the above-mentioned paid icon Rip and information on prohibition of publication are also set, but in addition to this, information on recipes with display restrictions and recipes prohibited from copying, which will be described in detail later, are also set. Information and information on recipes that prohibit modification are also set. Once the information about the recipe constraints set for type 5 is set, it is not allowed to change the settings unless the change conditions are satisfied. On the other hand, if the change conditions are satisfied, the setting contents may be changed automatically, or the setting contents may be changed by the user's operation.

Next, the restrictions of the recipe will be described.

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a display screen in which five recipes are ranked and displayed.

Similar to the display screen shown in FIG. 28, the display screen shown in FIG. 50 displays a simple display 1804d of "bean A one-push recipe" in the first place in the ranking, and the "original recipe" is displayed in the second place. The simple display 1805d of "004" is displayed. In addition, a simple display 1806d of "August recommendation # 1" is displayed in the third place. In each simple display, an image Im taken by a camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12 when creating a recipe is displayed. The image Im may be an image taken by a camera other than the camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12, and is not limited to the image taken when creating the recipe. In the simple display 1804d of "bean A one-push recipe", an image of a recipe creator (individual) named AAA AAAAAAA is displayed. On the other hand, in the simple display 1806d of "August Recommendation # 1", the recipe creator is a XX company (corporation), and an image of coffee beans is displayed.

In the display screen shown in FIG. 50, unlike the display screen shown in FIG. 28, the simple display 1804d of the first-ranked "bean A one-push recipe" is displayed in a grayed-out display mode, and "please charge". A character display LM such as "" is added. In addition, although the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" is not a grayed-out display mode, a character display LD such as "there is a display restriction" is added. On the other hand, the simple display of the third and lower recipes is the same as that of the display screen shown in FIG. 28.

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the simple display 1806d of the third-ranked “August recommendation # 1” shown in FIG. 50 is tapped.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 51, a simple display 1806d of "August recommendation # 1" is displayed at the upper part, and icons representing a plurality of parameters are arranged and displayed below the simple display 1806d. On the display screen shown in FIG. 51, twelve icons I1 to I12 are displayed side by side in two upper and lower rows. When you tap the next page icon Inx displayed at the bottom center of the display screen, the next page with icons representing multiple parameters is displayed. That is, it is possible to display icons representing the thirteenth and subsequent parameters. For each icon, the parameter name is displayed above the figure that symbolizes the contents of the parameter in an easy-to-understand manner, and the parameter (set value) is displayed below the figure. Among these icons, the icon I8 of the additional hot water supply amount is displayed in a grayed out display mode, and a specific value is not displayed. The icon displayed in the grayed out display mode indicates that the parameter is not set. In addition, instead of the icon displayed in the grayed out display mode, an icon in which other parameters are set may be displayed. On the display screen shown in FIG. 51, the details of the contents of the recipe are displayed by displaying 11 icons. However, it will be part of the recipe, not all of it. The display screen shown in FIG. 51 is a display screen having a different display mode from the display screen shown in FIG. 33.

A return icon Ir and an extraction icon Id are provided at the lower end of the display screen shown in FIG. 51. Tap the back icon Ir to return to the ranking display screen shown in FIG. 50. Tap the extraction icon Id to switch to the accounting screen displaying the price of the coffee beverage with this recipe name, the accounting information is sent to the Point of sale (POS) system (not shown), and the accounting process is executed in the POS system. .. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started.

On the other hand, if you tap the display of the icon representing 11 parameters, an input window will appear and you can change the parameters (set values).

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the icon I5 of the main hot water supply amount is tapped for the first time.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW1 is displayed so as to overlap the icons I1 to I12 representing the 12 parameters. In this input window IW1, the maximum value (MAX 60) and the minimum value (MIN 10) of the correctable range are displayed, and a sequence W1 in which the numerical values between the maximum value and the minimum value are arranged at one interval is displayed. There is. An input frame W2 is arranged in the center of the sequence W1, and in the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, 42 is located in the input frame W2. The sequence W1 can be moved by the swipe operation, and the numerical value of the input frame W2 can be changed. When the decision icon W3 prepared at the bottom is tapped, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is stored in the database as a parameter (set value), and the input window IW1 disappears. In this way, the parameters previously stored in the database are overwritten with the new parameters, and the parameter modification is completed.

The operation of displaying the input window IW1 and inputting the parameters (setting values) from the screen in which the icons representing a plurality of parameters are displayed side by side as described above was an operation in modifying the parameters, but it is new. The same applies to the creation of recipes. That is, in the creation of a new recipe by the standard recipe management application, which is started by tapping the standard icon 120si shown in FIG. 34, the parameters (setting values) are input and stored in the database by the same operation. I will go. Also on the screen for creating a new recipe in the standard, for example, icons I1 to I12 representing the 12 parameters shown in FIG. 51 are displayed. Here, the icon in which the parameter is not set is displayed in a grayed out display mode like the icon I8 of the additional hot water supply amount shown in FIG. 51, and a specific value is not displayed. In the parameter input, when the icon is tapped, the input window IW1 as shown in FIG. 52 appears, and the parameter can be changed by swiping. When the enter icon W3 is tapped while the desired parameter of the recipe creator is located in the input frame W2, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is stored in the database as a parameter (set value), and the input window IW1 is set. Disappear. In this way, new parameters are set.

By tapping the next page icon Inx displayed at the lower center of the display screen, you can also enter the 13th and subsequent parameters. For example, the next page icon Inx can be tapped once or multiple times to display an icon with the image of the recipe creator as a parameter. In the input window IW1 of this icon, the image input field H3 shown in FIG. 40 may be displayed. When creating a new recipe in the standard, it is essential to input the 12 parameters displayed on the display screen corresponding to the first page shown in FIG. 51, but the parameters displayed on the display screens on the second and subsequent pages are required. The input is optional. For the parameters that have not been input on the display screens on the second and subsequent pages, the standard values are automatically input according to the input parameter values or by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31, and the recipe is completed. The completed recipe is stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) described with reference to FIG. 23, or in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12.

Next, a case where the simple display 1804d of the first-ranked “bean A one-push recipe” displayed in the grayed-out display mode shown in FIG. 50 is tapped will be described. The simple display 1804d of the "bean A one-push recipe" displayed in the grayed out display mode does not change on the display screen even if it is tapped. That is, the tap operation is not accepted without switching to the screen showing the details of the recipe contents shown in FIG. 51. The recipe of the first-ranked "bean A push recipe" shown in FIG. 50 is a recipe with usage restrictions that cannot be used unless a charge is made. This usage constraint can protect the interests of the creator of this recipe. In addition, tap operation is accepted, and this recipe is a paid recipe that can not be used without charging. You may switch to the display screen where the explanation to that effect is displayed. The character display LM such as "please charge" shown in FIG. 50 corresponds to a display that notifies the conditions for releasing the restriction.

A billing screen (not shown) is prepared for the menu items expanded by tapping the menu button 120m prepared at the upper right of the display screen shown in FIG. 32 (see FIG. 56). On this billing screen, the billing process for the recipe of "bean A one-push recipe" can be performed. As a specific example, the billing process is performed by the payment process by the credit card, and the fact that the billing process is performed is transmitted to the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) described with reference to FIG. 23. .. In the recipe management database constructed in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, the recipe restrictions are managed.

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing data stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 and managing recipe restrictions.

As mentioned above, the paid recipe information is recorded in type 5 in each recipe. Each recipe is stored in a database in the beverage information DB 1303a shown in FIG. 23. Further, in this beverage information DB 1303a, the recipe ID is managed. In the user information DB 1303b shown in FIG. 23, the user ID is managed. In the manufacturing history DB 1303c shown in FIG. 23, the machine ID is managed.

The storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 manages the machine ID held for each user ID, and the server 1201 periodically checks whether or not communication with the beverage manufacturing device 1 of each machine ID is possible. ing. In the data shown in FIG. 53, the server could not communicate with the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 (hereinafter referred to as ID4 machine) having the machine ID 4 owned by the person having the user ID 2 (hereinafter referred to as the ID2 person). It is recorded that the serviceman of the operating company that operates 1201 is in contact with the ID2 person and is investigating the reason why the communication could not be performed.

Further, in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, usable recipes and unusable recipes are managed by the recipe ID for each machine ID. For example, the recipes of recipe IDs 1 to 20 are recipes stored in any beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 from the beginning of sale. In the beverage manufacturing device 1, the recipe is encrypted and stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device. Of the recipes of recipe IDs 1 to 20, the recipes of recipe IDs 1 to 15 are usable recipes without any usage restrictions. On the other hand, the recipes with recipe IDs 16 to 20 are recipes with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging. Even if the recipe with the usage restriction is stored in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, it cannot be used for manufacturing the coffee beverage unless the usage restriction release code is input. The usage restriction release code is a code generated for each machine ID, and is a code that is invalid even if it is input to the beverage manufacturing device 1 of another machine ID.

For example, when a person with a user ID of 1 (hereinafter referred to as an ID1 person) performs a billing process for the recipe ID 16 with a beverage manufacturing device 1 having a machine ID of 2 (hereinafter referred to as an ID2 machine), the server 1201 It is sent to the ID2 machine that the billing process for the recipe ID 16 has been performed. Upon receiving this, the server 1201 deletes the recipe ID 16 from the unusable recipe ID in the ID2 machine, and adds the recipe ID 16 to the usable recipe ID in the ID2 machine. Then, the server 1201 transmits the usage restriction release code of the recipe of the recipe ID 16 to the ID2 machine, and the ID2 machine that receives this transmits the usage restriction release code and can use the recipe of the recipe ID 16.

As for the recipe with the usage restriction, only the data that can be simply displayed as shown in FIG. 50 is stored in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and the usage restriction release code is transmitted from the server 1201 because the billing process is performed. Instead of, the data of the entire recipe may be transmitted to enable manufacturing according to the recipe.

Further, supplementing the data shown in FIG. 53, the ID1 person creates the recipe ID32 on the ID2 machine. When creating a recipe, the recipe ID 32 is registered as a recipe with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging. In the ID2 machine, the recipe ID 32 can be used because it is a recipe created by the machine, and is registered in the usable recipe ID in the management in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201. However, the recipe ID 32 is not registered in the usable recipe ID even in the other machines of the ID1 person (the beverage manufacturing device 1 of the machine ID 1 and the beverage manufacturing device 1 of the machine ID 3). The recipe data of the recipe ID 32 may be transmitted to other machines having the same user ID via the server 1201 so that the recipe data can be used. The recipe ID 32 created by the ID1 person is open to the public as a recipe with usage restrictions. For example, the data that can be simply displayed as shown in FIG. 50 and the recipe information shown in FIG. 33 are open to the public, but all the parameters necessary for manufacturing are not open to the public. A person with a user ID of 3 (hereinafter referred to as an ID3 person) sees the recipe of the recipe ID 32 open to the public, and the beverage manufacturing device 1 of the machine ID 5 (hereinafter referred to as an ID5 machine) charges the recipe ID 32. The recipe of recipe ID 32 can be used in the ID5 machine.

The ID2 person creates the recipe ID23 on the ID4 machine. When creating a recipe, the recipe ID 23 is registered as a recipe with no usage restrictions. This recipe ID23 is also open to the public, and the ID3 person can download the recipe ID23 from the server 1201 to each of the two machines (ID5 machine and machine ID6 beverage manufacturing device 1) for free and use it. It has become.

Even if the recipe can be used, it may not be usable unless the communication confirmation code is input at regular intervals. Alternatively, the manufacturing process itself of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 may not be executed unless the communication confirmation code is input at regular intervals. The communication confirmation code is transmitted from the server 1201 when the server 1201 periodically checks whether or not communication with the beverage manufacturing device 1 of each machine ID is possible. By doing so, even if the beverage manufacturing device 1 goes missing together with the user, the value of the beverage manufacturing device 1 and the value of the recipe can be protected.

Next, a case where the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked “original recipe 004” shown in FIG. 50 is tapped will be described.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked “original recipe 004” shown in FIG. 50 is tapped.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 54, a simple display 1805d of "original recipe 004" is displayed at the upper part, and icons representing a plurality of parameters are arranged and displayed below the simple display 1805d. On the display screen shown in FIG. 54, twelve icons I1 to I12 are displayed side by side in two upper and lower rows. By tapping the next page icon Inx displayed at the lower center of the display screen, it is possible to display the next page in which the icons representing the 13th and subsequent parameters are displayed.

A character display LD such as "there is a display restriction" was added to the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. On the display screen shown in FIG. 54, the parameters (set values) of the parameter icons I4 to I7 related to the amount of hot water are hidden. The character display LD such as "There is a display limit" on the ranking display screen of FIG. 50 suggests that there is a limit such that the parameter related to the amount of hot water is not displayed. Even if the user tries to check the parameters related to the amount of hot water in other display modes, the parameters related to the amount of hot water are not displayed in any of the display modes. The display restrictions here are restrictions for keeping the secret of the recipe, especially the secret of the manufacturing conditions, and the recipe can be used. That is, even if the extraction icon Id shown in FIG. 50 is tapped, the screen switches to the accounting screen displaying the price of the coffee beverage with this recipe name, the accounting information is transmitted to the Point of sale (POS) system (not shown), and the POS Accounting is performed in the system. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started. In addition, although the display restriction here is intended for some of the parameters constituting the recipe, all the parameters may be targeted. Further, the display restriction may cover all the parameters for the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25 (A).

The display limit of some or all parameters of the recipe can be set by the recipe creator at the time of recipe creation. The display-restricted recipe information is set to type 5. It is possible to impose display restrictions on recipes with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging, even if they are charged.

In addition to display restrictions, recipe restrictions include restrictions that prohibit modification and restrictions that prohibit copying. Modification prohibition restrictions and duplication prohibition restrictions can also be set by the recipe creator when creating a recipe. Information on recipes with restrictions on modification prohibition and information on recipes with restrictions on duplication prohibition are set to type 5. Even if a recipe with usage restrictions that cannot be used without charging is charged, it is possible to impose restrictions on prohibition of modification and restrictions on copying.

Even when the contents of the recipe with the restriction of prohibition of modification are displayed, the icons I1 to I12 representing the plurality of parameters shown in FIG. 51 are displayed.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a screen when the icon I5 of the first main hot water supply amount of the recipe with the restriction of prohibition of modification is tapped.

Unlike the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW1 is not displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 55, and instead, a change prohibition window RW appears. There is. In this change prohibition window RW, the sequence W1 shown in FIG. 52 is not displayed, only the value of the parameter that has already been set (40 in this case) is displayed and cannot be changed. Character display is displayed. The change prohibition window RW is automatically displayed after being displayed for a predetermined time, and the display unit of the information display device 12 returns to the display screen shown in FIG. 51. The restriction of prohibition of modification here is to ensure that the recipe of the recipe creator is faithfully reproduced. For example, if a recipe created by a world-famous barista is modified and sold without the permission of the barista, the coffee beverage is no longer extracted by the world-famous barista. It is not a reproduction of a coffee beverage, and different tastes and aromas can damage the barista's reputation. The restriction of prohibition of modification also has the meaning of preventing such a situation.

It should be noted that the restriction of prohibition of modification here may target a part of the parameters constituting the recipe, or may target all the parameters. Further, the restriction of prohibition of modification may cover all the parameters of the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25 (A).

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a state in which menu items are expanded by tapping the menu button 120 m prepared in the upper right on the display screen shown in FIG. 33.

The menu item ME displayed on the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 56 includes the item ME1 returning to the home screen (for example, the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32) and the ranking display (for example, FIGS. 28 to 28 to 32). Item ME2 for displaying the ranking display shown in FIG. 30, item ME3 for displaying the recipe management application list shown in FIG. 34, item ME4 for displaying the above-mentioned billing screen, and a recipe for the recipe information currently displayed ( Here, a recipe copy item ME5 that duplicates the recipe of "Daito Blend") and other items ME6 are prepared. Of these items, the recipe copy item ME5 is displayed in a grayed out display mode, and even if you tap the recipe copy item ME5, the value of the parameter included in the recipe of "Daito Blend" is copied. Can not do it. That is, the recipe of "Daito Blend" has a restriction of prohibition of duplication. A copy of a recipe is used when creating a new recipe with reference to the copied recipe. For example, if you want to modify a recipe that you created earlier while leaving the recipe as it is, it is convenient to be able to copy the recipe. However, as with recipe modification, if the act of creating a new recipe with reference to a recipe other than yourself, especially a recipe created by a famous barista, is regarded as a recipe plagiarism, such an act is prohibited. Should be. Reproduction prohibition restrictions may be used as a means to prohibit such acts.

As described with reference to FIG. 55, some recipes have restrictions on prohibition of modification, but there are also parameters that may actively prompt correction. For example, depending on the environment in which the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is installed, it may be better to modify the parameters. The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 attempts to accurately control the air pressure in the extraction container 9 as shown in FIGS. 18, 19, and 20. The atmospheric pressure changes depending on the altitude of the place where the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is installed. Therefore, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 31, the pressure of the pressurized fluid supplied to the extraction container 9 is corrected according to the sensor signal from the barometric pressure sensor 124.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a display screen for modifying the parameters of the delivery pressure due to the air pressure from the compressor 70 during the period T11 shown in FIG.

When the delivery pressure icon I12 shown in FIG. 51 is tapped, the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57 appears on the display unit of the information display device 12. Similar to the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57 also displays the maximum value (MAX 3.0) and the minimum value (MIN 1.2) of the correctable range, and the maximum value and the minimum value are displayed. A sequence W4 is displayed in which the numbers between are arranged at 0.1 intervals. An input frame W2 is arranged in the center of the sequence W4, and in the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57, 2.0 is located in the input frame W2. The user can move the sequence W4 by swiping, and can change the numerical value of the input frame W2 to a desired value within the correctable range. Further, in the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57, the atmospheric pressure correction icon W5 is prepared at the lower right. When the atmospheric pressure correction icon W5 is tapped, the atmospheric pressure is corrected according to the altitude of the place where the beverage maker 1 is installed. The higher the altitude of the place where the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed, the lower the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, for example, if the pressure control of the beverage manufacturing device 1 is based on the atmospheric pressure at an altitude of 0 m, the beverage production can be performed even with the atmospheric pressure correction. The higher the altitude of the installation location of the device 1 than 0 m, the lower the parameter value is corrected. On the contrary, the correction is performed so that the value of the parameter becomes higher as the altitude of the place where the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is installed becomes lower than 0 m.

As the installation environment of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, temperature and humidity may also affect the taste and aroma of the coffee beverage. The amount of steamed water, the steaming time, the temperature of the hot water tank, and the like may be corrected according to the temperature of the installation environment. Further, the amount of steaming water, the steaming time, and the like may be corrected according to the humidity of the installation environment. Furthermore, the hardness and pH of water in the area where the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is installed are also included in the installation environment. The amount of beans, the amount of hot water to be injected, and the like may be corrected according to the hardness and pH of the water.

In the above description,
"Acquisition means [for example, information display device 12 or processing unit 121a] for acquiring recipes used in a part or all processes of beverage production, and
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, grain size of beans, amount of steamed hot water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of injected hot water), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition. Pressure supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.] Processing for producing beverages [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. 3, processing for controlling the rotary blade in the crushing device 5, processing for driving control of the heater 72a, processing for driving control of the compressor 70. Etc.] with the processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a]
A manufacturing means for producing a beverage by operating by a process executed by the processing means [for example, an actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (crushing device 5 and extracting device 3 shown in FIG. 3)] and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
The acquisition means can acquire a recipe with restrictions [for example, restriction of prohibition of use, restriction of display prohibition of part or all, restriction of prohibition of modification, restriction of reproduction prohibition, etc.].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was explained.

The term "manufacturing a beverage" as used herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final production of a beverage, but also preparation before the final production, production of an intermediate, and the like.

Further, there are a plurality of types of the manufacturing means, and the recipe may include a plurality of types of parameters for each of the manufacturing means, or one manufacturing means has a plurality of types of parameters. It may include a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means.

Further, the recipe with the above restrictions may be downloaded from the server via the communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit [for example, an information display device 12 or an I / F unit 11c] for acquiring a recipe including parameters and a processing unit [for example, actuator group 14, manufacturing unit 18] for executing a process for producing a beverage. , The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control unit [for example, a control device 11 or a processing unit 11a] that controls the processing unit according to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition unit.

Also,
"A storage means for storing the recipe with the above restrictions [for example, a storage unit 121b of the information display device 12] is provided.
The acquisition means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the recipe with the restriction from the storage means.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The constraint is that it is impossible to produce a beverage using the recipe [for example, a usage constraint that cannot be used without a charge] [for example, the grayout shown in FIG. 50. 1804d], a simple display of the first-ranked "bean A one-push recipe" with the addition of a character display LM such as "please charge".
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"Display means [for example, display unit of information display device 12] is provided.
The restriction is that a part [for example, a parameter related to the amount of hot water] or all of the information representing the recipe is not displayed on the display means [for example, with respect to the icons I4 to I7 of the parameter related to the amount of hot water shown in FIG. 54. Parameter (setting value) is hidden],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The constraint is to prohibit making a copy of the recipe [for example, item ME5 of the recipe copy displayed in the grayed out display mode shown in FIG. 56].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The recipe with the restriction is a recipe without the restriction by charging [for example, the recipe ID 32 that can be used in the beverage manufacturing apparatus of the machine ID 5 owned by the person with the user ID 3 in FIG. 53. Recipe]
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The restriction means that it is prohibited to modify a part or all of the contents of the recipe [for example, the change prohibition window RW shown in FIG. 55 is displayed and a character display such as" Cannot be changed "is displayed]. Is,
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The parameters can be adjusted according to the installation environment [for example, altitude] of the beverage manufacturing apparatus [for example, correction by tapping the barometric pressure correction icon W5 shown in FIG. 57].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The installation environment also includes temperature, humidity, hardness and pH of water in the area where it is installed.
"The recipe is encrypted [for example, the recipe stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device is encrypted],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above is "a device provided with an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in a part or all of the processes of beverage production, and the acquisition means acquires a recipe with restrictions. It may be a device characterized by being possible. ”, And the features of the beverage manufacturing device described above can be applied to this device. This device may be a beverage manufacturing device such as a coffee maker having a hot water supply function. Alternatively, it may be an electronic device (for example, a mobile terminal) that does not have a manufacturing function. Further, it may be a crushing device 5.

Further, in the above description, any of the constituent requirements expressed as ~ means can be replaced with ~ part.

Next, a device for error determination will be described.

As described above, logs such as response signals and monitoring results are transmitted from the control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12, and are stored in the control unit 121. Some logs are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 at predetermined intervals (for example, intervals of 500 msec).

The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31 makes an error determination. The control unit 121 stores reference values, conditions, and the like for performing an error determination. For example, if the value represented by the acquired monitor signal or sensor signal is equal to or greater than the reference value, the control unit 121 determines that an error has occurred, or conversely, determines that no error has occurred. .. The recipe is also stored in the control unit 121. The control unit 121 may determine whether or not an error has occurred from the information sent from the control device 11 and the manufacturing conditions. Alternatively, it may be determined whether or not an error has occurred using a plurality of monitoring results.

FIG. 58A is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grind process (step S2) shown in FIG.

An animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half of the display screen. In this animation 12AM, the schematic diagram 40M of the canister 40 shown in FIG. 2, the schematic diagram 42M of the collective transfer unit 42, the schematic diagram 5M of the crushing device 5, the schematic diagram 6M of the separation device 6, the schematic diagram 9M of the extraction container 9, and so on. A schematic diagram CM of the cup C shown in FIG. 3 is displayed. The animation 12AM is displayed so that it can be seen which processing is currently being performed according to the actual manufacturing processing of the coffee beverage. On the display screen shown in FIG. 58 (a), a state in which coffee beans are crushed is displayed in the schematic view 5M of the crushing device 5. Further, on the left side of the display screen, a character display area 12CA for displaying characters of the processing currently being performed is provided. On the display screen shown in FIG. 58 (a), the characters "grinding in progress" are displayed in the character display area 12CA.

FIG. 58B is a diagram showing a table of reference values for error determination stored in the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31.

As described above, the crushing device 5 is provided with a motor as a drive source, a rotary blade driven by the motor, and the like, and roasted coffee beans that are crushed by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade. The size (grain size) can be changed. The current value of the motor rises when the rotary blade is crushing roasted coffee beans than when the rotary blade is idling. In addition, the hardness of roasted coffee beans varies depending on the type of roasted coffee beans and the degree of roasting of roasted coffee beans. When crushing roasted coffee beans, the current value of the motor becomes higher as the roasted coffee beans are harder. In the table shown in FIG. 58 (b), when roasted coffee beans are crushed, the reference value of the motor value is the type of beans (bean A, beans B ...) and the degree of roasting in three stages (shallow). It is stipulated separately for roasting, medium roasting, and deep roasting. The reference value of the current value here is a cumulative value of the current value (for example, a cumulative value every 250 msec) for a certain period (for example, 10 seconds).

Further, in FIG. 58 (b), a table of roasted coffee beans and standard values is shown for the sake of clarity, but in reality, information such as the type of beans and the degree of roasting in three stages is provided for coffee beverages. It is summarized as various manufacturing conditions (recipe) for manufacturing coffee beans, and the reference value of the current value of the motor is also included in the recipe.

While the grind is being executed, the control device 11 acquires a monitor signal including a value representing the current value of the motor at a predetermined interval (for example, an interval of 250 ms). Each time the control device 11 acquires a monitor signal, the control device 11 transmits a value representing the current value of the motor included in the monitor signal to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 as a monitoring result (log).

The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 grasps the recipe currently used from the reception operation in the reception unit 122. Therefore, the control unit 121 can obtain from the recipe which roasted coffee beans are being grinded, and the current value of the motor corresponding to the roasted coffee beans currently being grinded. The reference value of is also available from the recipe. The control unit 121 adds the values transmitted as the monitoring results each time the monitoring result is transmitted, and accumulates the current values for a certain period (for example, 10 seconds) (for example, cumulative every 250 msec). Value) is calculated. When the cumulative value is calculated, it is confirmed whether or not the cumulative value is below the reference value, and if the cumulative value is below the reference value, the crushing device 5 has not crushed the roasted coffee beans. Therefore, it is determined that a beanless error has occurred. In the production of the coffee beverage, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized at the time of the final filtration type extraction (step S17 shown in FIG. 11) to promote the delivery of the coffee beverage. If the production of coffee beverages is continued without roasted coffee beans, there is no resistance due to the accumulation of ground beans during this delivery, and hot water spouts from the extraction container 9 with considerable force, which is dangerous. Therefore, when the control unit 121 determines that a beanless error has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits the determination result to the control device 11, and the control device 11 manufactures a control signal for stopping the rotation of the motor of the crushing device 5. It is transmitted to the unit 18. As a result, the motor of the crushing device 5 stops rotating. Further, when the control unit 121 determines that a beanless error has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits a control signal instructing the reception unit 122 to display the error.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an example of an error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grind process.

An error display is displayed so as to overlap the display screen shown in FIG. 58 (a). That is, on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 59, an error display 12EB in which the characters “beanless error” are written so as to overlap with the schematic view 5M of the crushing device 5 is displayed. Further, the character display 12ES of "emergency stop" is displayed so as to overlap the character display area 12CA in which the character of "grind is being executed" is displayed.

When the control unit 121 determines that the beanless error has occurred, the beverage production apparatus 1 maintains the stopped state until the coffee beverage production instruction from the very beginning is issued again.

In the example here, the determination is made based on the current value, but the value is not limited to the current value, and may be any value of an electrical parameter, for example, a value of power consumption. Further, although it is determined by the cumulative value in a certain period, it may be the maximum value, the minimum value, or the average value in a certain period.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the steaming hot water pouring process (step S11) shown in FIG.

In the hot water pouring process for steaming, the ground beans are put into the container body 90 with the lid unit 91 open, and after the lid unit 91 is closed, the ground beans are steamed, so that the amount of hot water is less than that of a cup of hot water. Is injected into the extraction container 9.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 60, an animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing device 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, it is displayed that the ground beans are put into the schematic view 90M of the container body 90 in the state where the schematic view 91M of the lid unit 91 is open, and the schematic view 91M of the lid unit 91 is closed. Further, in the character display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen, the characters "Pour water for steaming is being executed" are displayed.

As described with reference to the box of FIG. 9, the extraction container 9 is provided with a pair of gripping members 821a that are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, each gripping member 821a vertically sandwiches the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90 as shown by the solid line in the boxing diagram of FIG. The lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. On the other hand, in order to open the lid unit 91, it is necessary to open the pair of gripping members 821a. The extraction container 9 is provided with an open state detection sensor that detects that the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state and a closed state detection sensor that detects that the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed position. When the steaming hot water pouring process is started, the control device 11 outputs a control signal for moving the pair of gripping members 821a to the open position to the manufacturing unit 18. The control device 11 confirms that the pair of gripping members 821a have reached the open state position by acquiring a sensor signal indicating that the pair of gripping members 821a has been detected from the open state detection sensor. When the charging period required for charging the ground beans has elapsed, the control device 11 outputs a control signal to the manufacturing unit 18 for moving the pair of gripping members 821a in the open position to the closed position. Even in the initial operation executed when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is turned on, the pair of gripping members 821a in the open position are moved to the closed position. In the initial operation, the control device 11 outputs a control signal for moving the pair of gripping members 821a to the closed state position, and then acquires a sensor signal indicating that the pair of gripping members 821a have been detected from the closed state detection sensor. The time (arrival time) is measured, and the arrival time is transmitted to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. The control unit 121 stores the arrival time as a reference time. By doing so, each time the power is turned on, the reference time, which is the reference value, is updated to the time corresponding to the state of the extraction container 9 at the time of turning on the power. That is, some of the various production conditions (recipe) for producing a coffee beverage are modified according to individual differences in the beverage production apparatus 1. The state of the extraction container 9 changes depending on the condition of the motor 822 that moves the pair of gripping members 821a, the meshing condition of the power transmission mechanism (for example, the gear train), the magnitude of the rotational resistance, and the like. By modifying it, it becomes possible to produce coffee beverages more accurately.

The control device 11 indicates that the pair of gripping members 821a is detected from the closed state detection sensor after outputting a control signal for moving the pair of gripping members 821a to the closed state position even in the hot water pouring process for steaming. The time until the sensor signal is acquired (arrival time) is measured, and the arrival time is transmitted to the control unit 121 as a monitoring result. If the arrival time transmitted as the monitoring result is longer than the reference time by a certain time or more, the control unit 121 determines that an error related to the lid unit 91 has occurred. The fixed time here may be 0 seconds, but a certain amount of time is given in consideration of an error. For example, when the reference time is 300 msec and the monitoring result time is 500 msec or more, the pair of gripping members 821a are closed, but it takes 200 msec longer to be closed. Will be applied. It is considered that this is because the residue of ground beans or the like adhered to the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 or the flange portion 90c of the container body 90, and the control unit 121 is said to have a cleaning error. judge. When the control unit 121 determines that a cleaning error has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits a control signal instructing the reception unit 122 to display a warning. On the other hand, since the lid unit 91 is locked, the control signal for stopping the hot water pouring process for steaming is not transmitted to the manufacturing unit 18, and the hot water pouring process for steaming is continued. The control unit 121 does not need to transmit the determination result to the control device 11.

On the display screen shown in FIG. 60 (a), cleaning is urged so as not to overlap the character display area 12CA under the character display area 12CA in which the characters "Pour water for steaming is being executed" are displayed. Warning display 12WC is displayed.

Further, even if the reference time is 300 msec and 700 ms has elapsed in the hot water pouring process for steaming, the sensor signal indicating that the control device 11 has detected the pair of gripping members 821a from the closed state detection sensor is acquired. If this is not possible, the result of the time over is transmitted to the control unit 121 as the monitoring result. In this case, the pair of gripping members 821a are not in the closed state, the lid unit 91 is not locked, and the control unit 121 determines that a lock error of the lid unit 91 has occurred. When the control unit 121 determines that a lock error of the lid unit 91 has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits the determination result to the control device 11, and the control device 11 sends a control signal to stop the hot water pouring process for steaming to the manufacturing unit 18. Send to. As a result, the steaming hot water pouring process is stopped, and the steaming hot water is not poured into the extraction container 9. Further, when the control unit 121 determines that a lock error of the lid unit 91 has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits a control signal instructing the reception unit 122 to display the error.

FIG. 60B is a diagram showing an example of an error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the hot water pouring process for steaming.

On the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 60 (b), the characters "lid unit lock error" are written so as to overlap with the schematic view 91M of the lid unit 91 and the schematic view 90M of the container body 90. Error display 12EC is displayed. In addition, the character display 12ES of "emergency stop" is displayed so as to overlap the character display area 12CA in which the characters "pouring water for steaming" is displayed.

When the control unit 121 determines that the lock error of the lid unit 91 has occurred, the beverage maker 1 maintains the stopped state until the mode is switched to the manual mode. In the manual mode, the manager of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 manually discharges the ground beans charged into the container body 90 from the container body 90. In addition, the manager investigates the reason why the pair of gripping members 821a are not closed.

In this example, the control device 11 measures the arrival time, but the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 may measure the arrival time. In this case, the control unit 121 acquires a log indicating that the control device 11 outputs a control signal for moving the pair of gripping members 821a to the closed position. Further, the control unit 121 makes it possible to acquire a log indicating that the sensor signal indicating that the pair of gripping members 821a has been detected from the closed state detection sensor has been acquired from the control device 11.

FIG. 61A is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG.

In the permeation type extraction process, in the inverted extraction container 9, the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is sent to the cup C.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 61A, an animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing device 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, from the schematic view 9M of the extraction container 9 in the inverted state, a state in which the coffee beverage is sent to the schematic view CM of the cup C is displayed. In addition, the characters "transparent extraction is being executed" are displayed in the character display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen.

As shown in FIG. 18, during the period T10 and the period T11 in which the permeation type extraction process is executed, the air pressure in the extraction container 9 is maintained at the target value. In order to keep the air pressure in the extraction container 9 at the target value, the control device 11 opens and closes the solenoid valve 728 shown in FIG. 12 and the like during the period T10, and opens and closes the solenoid valve 73b shown in FIG. 3 during the period T11. To do. The control device 11 outputs a valve opening control signal for opening the solenoid valve 728 during the period T10. Further, the control device 11 outputs a valve opening control signal for opening the solenoid valve 73b during the period T11. When the control device 11 outputs these valve opening control signals, the control device 11 transmits a monitoring result (log) indicating that the valve opening control signals have been output to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. The valve opening control signal corresponds to one indicating the supply condition of the fluid supplied to the extraction container 9. The control unit 121 counts the number of times the monitoring result is received, and obtains the count value of the pressurization number in the period T10 and the count value of the pressurization number in the period T11, respectively. The reference value of the number of pressurizations in the period T10 and the reference value of the number of pressurizations in the period T11 are also included in various production conditions (recipe) for producing a coffee beverage. The control unit 121 confirms whether or not the count value is below the reference value (for example, 20 times), and if the count value is below the reference value, the filter is clogged and the delivery of the coffee beverage is hindered. Determine that a filter clogging error has occurred. When the control unit 121 determines that a filter clogging error has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits a control signal instructing the reception unit 122 to display a warning. On the other hand, the transparent extraction process has been completed, and it is not necessary to transmit the control signal for stopping the transparent extraction process to the manufacturing unit 18, and the control unit 121 does not need to transmit the determination result to the control device 11.

FIG. 61B is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 when the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. 11 is completed.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 61B, the animation 12AM composed of the schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing device 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, the extraction from the extraction container 9 in the inverted state is completed, and the state of steam is displayed from the schematic diagram CM of the cup C. In addition, the characters "Coffee is ready" are displayed in the character display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen. Further, below the character display area 12CA, a warning display 12WF prompting the cleaning of the filter is displayed so as not to overlap the character display area 12CA.

The number of pressurizations is counted by the control unit 121 of the information display device 12, but the control device 11 may count the number of times of pressurization and transmit the count value to the control unit 121 as a monitoring result. In this case, when the transparent extraction process is completed, the monitoring results until the transparent extraction process is completed are collectively transmitted to the control unit 121.

The error determinations in the three processes have been described above, but since the error determinations are not performed by the control device 11 that controls the manufacturing unit 18, but by the control unit 121 of the information display device 12, the control device The processing load in No. 11 is reduced.

The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 may also perform error determination in processing other than the processing described here. By doing so, the processing load on the control device 11 can be further reduced.

In the above description,
"A first control unit [for example, control unit 121] that controls a reception unit [for example, reception unit 122] that accepts operations, and
A second control unit [for example, control device 11] that controls a manufacturing unit [for example, manufacturing unit 18] that manufactures a beverage,
With
The second control unit monitors the production status of the beverage in the production unit and transmits the monitoring result [for example, log] to the first control unit.
The first control unit determines whether or not an error has occurred in the manufacturing unit based on the monitoring result.
Beverage manufacturing apparatus [for example, beverage manufacturing apparatus 1]. 』\
Was explained.

Also,
"The first control unit that accepts operations [for example, control unit 121] and
A processing unit [for example, manufacturing unit 18] that executes a process for producing a beverage, and
A second control unit [for example, control device 11] that monitors the processing status in the processing unit and transmits the monitoring result to the first control unit.
With
The first control unit determines whether or not an error has occurred in the processing unit based on the monitoring result.
Beverage manufacturing apparatus [for example, beverage manufacturing apparatus 1]. "
Was also explained. That is, the manufacturing unit can be replaced with a processing unit, and the same applies to the following.

Also,
"The first control unit that accepts operations [for example, control unit 121] and
A processing unit [for example, manufacturing unit 18] that executes a process for producing a beverage, and
A second control unit [for example, control device 11] that transmits information about the processing unit to the first control unit, and
With
The first control unit determines whether or not an error has occurred in the processing unit based on the information.
Beverage manufacturing apparatus [for example, beverage manufacturing apparatus 1]. "
Was also explained. That is, the monitoring result can be replaced with the information about the processing unit, and the same applies to the following.

The manufacturing unit may be built in the main body, and the receiving unit may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of the main body. Further, the receiving portion may be movably attached to the outer peripheral surface of the main body, or may be attached so that the orientation can be adjusted. The second control unit may also be built in the main body. The first control unit may be a separate body from the reception unit, or may be integrated with the reception unit.

Further, the production of a beverage by the manufacturing unit has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final production of the beverage, but also preparation before the final production, production of an intermediate, and the like.

Further, the error may be an error in which a beverage cannot be produced, or is a preventive error in which a beverage can be produced at present, but if left as it is, the beverage cannot be produced eventually. It may be an error that the beverage can be continued to be produced even if it is left as it is (for example, an error that has nothing to do with the production of the beverage).

Also,
"When the production of the beverage in the production unit is completed [for example, the permeation type extraction process is completed], the second control unit outputs a monitoring result [for example, a count value of the number of pressurizations] until the production is completed. It is transmitted to the first control unit.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The second control unit monitors the monitoring result [for example, the current value of the motor] during the production of the beverage in the production unit at a predetermined cycle [for example, a cycle of 250 msec] during the production. It is sent to the control unit.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"When the first control unit determines that an error has occurred in the manufacturing unit, an error notification [for example, an error display 12EB of" beanless error "shown in FIG. 59, FIG. 60 ( The error display 12EC of "lid unit lock error" shown in b) is instructed to be executed.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"When the first control unit determines that an error [for example, a beanless error, a lid unit lock error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit, the second control unit makes the determination. The result [for example, the judgment result] is transmitted.
Upon receiving the determination result, the second control unit stops the production of the beverage in the production unit [for example, the example shown in FIG. 59 and the example shown in FIG. 60 (b)].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The manufacturing unit is a device that crushes the extraction target [for example, crushing device 5].
The second control unit is a value that changes based on the resistance when the manufacturing unit crushes the extraction target [for example, a current value or a power consumption value, which is a cumulative value, a maximum value, or a minimum value over a certain period of time. Value, average value] is monitored,
The first control unit determines that an error [for example, a beanless error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit when the value is less than the reference value.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The second control unit transmits the monitoring result regarding the value to the first control unit, and the monitoring result regarding the value may represent the value. It may indicate whether or not the value is below the reference value.

Further, the manufacturing unit crushes the extraction target by electrically driving it, and the second control unit uses the value as the value of the electrical parameter when the manufacturing unit crushes the extraction target. The value (for example, the current value or the power consumption value) may be monitored.

Further, the extraction target may be beans or leaves.

Also,
"The first control unit uses, as the reference value, a reference value whose value differs depending on the hardness of the extraction target [for example, a reference value shown in the table of FIG. 58 (b) (reference value included in the recipe)]. It is used to make the above determination.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The manufacturing unit has a moving member [for example, a pair of gripping members 821a] that moves from a first position [for example, an open position] to a second position [for example, a closed position]. ,
The second control unit monitors the arrival time of the moving member from the first position to the second position.
The first control unit determines that an error [for example, a lid unit lock error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit when the arrival time exceeds the reference time [for example, 700 msec]. ,
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The second control unit transmits the monitoring result regarding the arrival time to the first control unit, and the monitoring result regarding the arrival time may represent the arrival time. However, it may indicate whether or not the arrival time exceeds the reference time.

Further, the first control unit may set the reference time based on the arrival time of the moving member in the initial operation executed when the power is turned on to the beverage manufacturing apparatus.

Also,
"The manufacturing unit [for example, the extraction device 3] supplies a fluid [for example, steam generated in the storage units 725 and 726 and air from the compressor 70] [for example, solenoid valve 728, solenoid valve 73b], and a liquid. And the beverage produced from the extraction target is sent out by the pressure of the fluid.
The second control unit monitors the supply condition of the fluid [for example, the number of times the solenoid valve is opened (the number of times of pressurization)].
Based on the monitoring result, the first control unit determines whether or not an error [for example, a filter clogging error] in which the delivery of the beverage is hindered has occurred.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The second control unit may transmit a monitoring result regarding the supply condition to the first control unit.

The manufacturing unit may include a supply pipe for supplying a fluid, a valve provided in the supply pipe, and an extraction container in which a liquid and an extraction target are accommodated and connected to the supply pipe. Further, the extraction container may be provided with a filter through which the beverage passes, and the first control unit may make an error that the filter is clogged based on the monitoring result. It may be used to determine whether or not it has occurred.

Subsequently, the modification of the recipe based on the log such as the response signal and the monitoring result transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 will be described.

FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a state in which the correction report window MW1 is displayed on the display screen of the recipe list shown in FIG. 32.

In the example described with reference to FIGS. 62 to 67, the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32 corresponds to the home screen. As described with reference to FIG. 58, when the grind treatment (step S2) shown in FIG. 11 is executed, the current value of the motor when the roasted coffee beans are crushed is measured by the control unit of the information display device 12. 121 is monitoring. The cumulative value of the current value does not fall below the reference value based on the standard beverage brewing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 58 (b), but when it approaches a predetermined range, this beverage brewing apparatus With the crushing capacity of the crushing device 5 of 1, it can be estimated that it is difficult to crush finely to the value of the current bean grinding particle size. Therefore, the control unit 121 makes a correction to change the value of the bean grinding particle size to a large value. That is, the control unit 121 corrects the parameters based on the log of the current value. For example, when the cumulative value of the current value approaches a predetermined range with respect to the reference value as a result of executing the grind processing (step S2) according to the recipe of "August recommendation # 1", the control unit 121 Corrects the value of the grain size of bean grind in the recipe to a value obtained by adding 0.3 to the value, and temporarily stores the corrected value. The value to be added here may be a predetermined value. Alternatively, the value may be a value corresponding to the difference between the cumulative value of the current value and the reference value. That is, the smaller the difference, the larger the value may be added. Then, when the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays the correction report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 on the display unit, and notifies that the parameter of the bean grinding grain size has been changed. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are provided at the lower end of the correction report window MW1. When you tap the back icon W6, the correction report window MW1 disappears and you return to the home screen of the recipe list. The parameter of the grain size of bean grind in the recipe of "August recommendation # 1" stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 is overwritten with the value obtained by adding 0.3. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, the input window IW3 appears on the display unit of the information display device 12.

FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 62 is tapped.

In the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 63, the correction report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 disappears, and the input window IW3 is displayed instead. Similar to the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63 also displays the maximum value (MAX 0.40) and the minimum value (MIN 0.10) of the correctable range, and the maximum value and the minimum value are displayed. A sequence W8 is displayed in which the numbers between are arranged at 0.01 intervals. An input frame W2 is arranged in the center of the sequence W8, and in the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63, 028 is located in the input frame W2. The user can move the sequence W8 by swiping, and can change the numerical value of the input frame W2 to a desired value within the correctable range. The value of the parameter before correction based on the log by the control unit 121 is 0.25, and the value of 0.25 is underlined in the sequence W8 to indicate that it is the value before correction. It is shown. When the decision icon W3 prepared at the bottom is tapped, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 in the recipe of "Recommended for August # 1". Is stored as a parameter of. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. If you tap the enter icon W3, the input window IW3 disappears and you return to the home screen of the recipe list.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing a state in which a correction report window MW1 different from the correction report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 is displayed on the display screen of the recipe list.

As described with reference to FIG. 61, when the transmission extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. 11 is executed, the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 monitors the count value of the number of pressurizations. Even if the delivery of the coffee beverage from the extraction container 9 is completed, the valve opening control signal is repeatedly output and the pressurization is repeated during the delivery time set by the parameter. When the delivery of the coffee beverage from the extraction container 9 is completed, the coffee beverage becomes blank and the number of pressurizations per unit time increases. The parameter of the delivery time is set based on the state when the filter is clogged to some extent after a lapse of time from the start of operation of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the filter becomes clogged, it takes a long time to finish delivering the coffee beverage from the extraction container 9. Therefore, the transmission time is set to be slightly longer. After the warning display 12WF showing the filter cleaning is displayed and the filter is cleaned as shown in FIG. 61 (b), the transmission time set by the parameter is too long. When the count value of the number of pressurization reaches a predetermined number of times that greatly exceeds the reference number of times for checking the clogging of the filter, the delivery of the coffee beverage is completed and the blank beating state is repeated many times. It is thought that it has been done. Therefore, when the count value of the number of pressurization reaches a predetermined number of times, the control unit 121 modifies the value of the transmission time to be changed to the value of the short time. That is, the control unit 121 corrects the parameters based on the log of the output of the valve opening control signal. The modification of the delivery time parameter here is not a modification limited to a specific recipe, but a modification for all recipes targeting the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays the correction report window MW2 shown in FIG. 64 on the display unit, and notifies that the parameters of the transmission time have been changed for all the recipes. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are also provided at the lower end of this correction report window MW2. When you tap the back icon W6, the correction report window MW2 disappears and you return to the home screen of the recipe list. The parameters of the transmission time in all the recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by subtracting 5 seconds. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, the input window IW4 appears on the display unit of the information display device 12.

FIG. 65 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 63 is tapped.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 65, the correction report window MW2 shown in FIG. 64 disappears, and the input window IW4 is displayed instead. The correction icon W9 and the cancel icon W10 are displayed on the input window IW4 shown in FIG. 65, prompting the user to tap either of the icons. When the correction icon W9 is tapped, the transmission time parameters in all the recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by subtracting 5 seconds. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the cancel icon W10 is tapped, changing the sending time parameter for all recipes is canceled, and the sending time remains at the original value. Further, regardless of whether the correction icon W9 is tapped or the cancel icon W10 is tapped, the input window IW4 disappears and the process returns to the home screen of the recipe list. Even if the predetermined time elapses without tapping any of the icons, the input window IW4 disappears and the screen returns to the home screen of the recipe list. In this case, the transmission time parameter is modified. However, the original value may be maintained without modification.

When the delivery time parameter is modified to a short time, the cycle time for producing the coffee beverage (time until the discharge process S4 shown in FIG. 11 is completed) can be shortened.

On the other hand, the count value of the number of pressurization does not fall below the reference number of times for checking the clogging of the filter, but when it approaches within the predetermined range, the filter that has been clean until now becomes clogged. It can be estimated that it has begun to occur. Therefore, the control unit 121 modifies the parameter of the delivery pressure due to the air pressure from the compressor 70 in the period T11 shown in FIG. 18 to a large value. That is, the control unit 121 also corrects the parameters based on the log of the output of the valve opening control signal. The modification of the delivery pressure parameter here is not limited to a specific recipe, but is a modification for all recipes for the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, as in the above-mentioned delivery time. When the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays the correction report window on the display unit and notifies that the parameters of the transmission pressure have been changed for all the recipes.

FIG. 66 is a diagram showing an example in which a correction report window for notifying that the parameter of the delivery pressure has been changed is displayed.

In the correction report window MW3 shown in FIG. 66, it is recommended to notify the change of the sending pressure parameter and to return to the original value when the filter is cleaned. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are also provided at the lower end of this correction report window MW3. When you tap the back icon W6, the correction report window MW3 disappears and you return to the home screen of the recipe list. The parameters of the transmission pressure in all the recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by adding 0.1 atm. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, the input window IW5 appears on the display unit of the information display device 12.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 66 is tapped.

On the display unit of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 67, the correction report window MW3 shown in FIG. 66 disappears, and the input window IW5 is displayed instead. The correction icon W11 and the cancel icon W12 are displayed on the input window IW5 shown in FIG. 67. And here again, if the filter is cleaned, it is recommended to return it to the original value, and it is urged to tap one of the icons. When the correction icon W11 is tapped, the transmission pressure parameters in all the recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by adding 0.1 atm. Alternatively, the database of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the cancel icon W12 is tapped, changing the sending pressure parameter for all recipes is canceled, and the sending pressure remains at the original value. Further, regardless of whether the correction icon W11 is tapped or the cancel icon W12 is tapped, the input window IW5 disappears and the process returns to the home screen of the recipe list. Even if the predetermined time elapses without tapping any of the icons, the input window IW5 disappears and the screen returns to the home screen of the recipe list. In this case, the delivery pressure parameter is modified. However, the original value may be maintained without modification.

When the delivery pressure parameter is modified to a high pressure, it is possible to reduce the difficulty in delivering the coffee beverage.

In the parameter modification based on the log, a confirmation icon W7 is prepared, and the user can confirm the modification. However, the modification may be performed without asking the user to confirm, or the modification itself may be performed by the user. It may be corrected without notifying.

Also, modify the recipe for extracting coffee from another coffee bean (eg Costa Rican coffee bean) based on the history information when coffee was extracted from one coffee bean (for example, Panama coffee bean) in the log. You may do so. For example, if it is determined that the coffee delivery time is longer than the threshold by referring to the history information when coffee is extracted from a certain coffee bean (for example, coffee beans from Panama), the filter is slightly clogged as described above. Not only when extracting coffee from one coffee bean (for example, Panama coffee beans), but also when extracting coffee from another coffee bean (for example, Costa Rica coffee beans), as it may occur one by one. The coffee may be extracted by a beverage manufacturing operation that is partially different from the recipe, based on historical information (log), instead of according to the recipe, such as increasing the pressure of coffee delivery in the recipe by 5%.

In addition, when coffee is extracted by a beverage manufacturing operation that is partially different from the recipe based on the history information (log), the information regarding the beverage manufacturing operation that is partially different from the recipe is extracted. It may be included in the history information (log) of the above, or it may be stored in association with the history information (log).

In addition, when coffee is extracted by making some beverage production operations different from the recipe based on the history information (log), the mode is different from that of coffee extraction by the beverage production operation according to the recipe. , You may notify that the coffee is not extracted according to the recipe. For example, when coffee is extracted by the beverage production operation according to the recipe, the time until the coffee extraction is completed is displayed as a black number, but partly due to the beverage production operation different from the recipe based on the history information (log). When extracting coffee, the time until the coffee extraction is completed may be displayed as a red number.

In addition, the types of parameters to be modified based on the log are not limited to the bean grinding particle size, delivery time, and delivery pressure described here.

In the above description,
"Acquisition means [for example, information display device 12 or processing unit 121a] for acquiring recipes used in a part or all processes of beverage production, and
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, grain size of beans, amount of steamed hot water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of injected hot water), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition. Pressure hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, bean name, bean producing country, bean roasting degree, recipe creator name, etc.] A processing means [for example, a control device 11 or a processing unit 11a] for executing a process for producing a beverage.
A manufacturing means for producing a beverage by operating by a process executed by the processing means [for example, an actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (crushing device 5 and extracting device 3 shown in FIG. 3)] and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
The processing means is modified based on a log regarding at least one of the processing means and the manufacturing means [for example, a response signal or a monitoring result transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12]. The process for producing a beverage can be executed with reference to the parameters [for example, the grain size of bean grind in the example shown in FIG. 62, the delivery time in the example shown in FIG. 64, and the delivery pressure shown in FIG. 66]. ,
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was explained.

The term "manufacturing a beverage" as used herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final production of a beverage, but also preparation before the final production, production of an intermediate, and the like.

Further, there are a plurality of types of the manufacturing means, and the recipe may include a plurality of types of parameters for each of the manufacturing means, or one manufacturing means has a plurality of types of parameters. It may include a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from the server via the communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit [for example, an information display device 12 or an I / F unit 11c] for acquiring a recipe including parameters and a processing unit [for example, actuator group 14, manufacturing unit 18] for executing a process for producing a beverage. , The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control unit [for example, a control device 11 or a processing unit 11a] that controls the processing unit according to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition unit.

Also,
"The second processing means for acquiring the log [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] is provided.
The second processing means obtains the parameters referred to by the processing means from the log [for example, the current value of the motor when roasted coffee beans are crushed, the valve in the transmission extraction process (step S17)). It is corrected based on the open control signal].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"Selection display for allowing the user to select whether or not to modify the parameter [for example, display in the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63, display in the input window IW4 shown in FIG. 65, display in the input window IW5 shown in FIG. 67]. A display means for displaying [for example, a display unit of the information display device 12] is provided.
The second processing means causes the display means to display the selection display based on the acquired log.
When the user chooses to modify the parameter in the selection display [for example, when the decision icon W3 is tapped while 028 is located in the input frame W2 shown in FIG. 63, or when the modification shown in FIG. 65 is modified. When the icon W9 is tapped or the modification icon W11 shown in FIG. 67 is tapped], the second processing means modifies the parameter based on the log, and the processing means modifies the modified parameter. Perform the process for making a beverage with reference,
When the user does not choose to modify the parameter in the selection display [for example, when the decision icon W3 is tapped while 025 is located in the input frame W2 shown in FIG. 63, or when the decision icon W3 is tapped, as shown in FIG. 65. When the cancel icon W10 is tapped or the cancel icon W12 shown in FIG. 67 is tapped], the processing means executes a process for producing a beverage by referring to an unmodified parameter.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"A storage means for storing the parameters [for example, a storage unit 121b of the information display device 12] is provided.
The second processing means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the parameters from the storage means.
The storage means newly stores the parameters modified by the second processing means.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

The new memory referred to here may be overwriting or additional writing.

Also,
"A extraction container [for example, an extraction container 9] for containing a liquid and an extraction target is provided.
The manufacturing means is a device [for example, a compressor 70, a pipe L1, and a solenoid valve 73b] that repeatedly supplies a fluid to the extraction container for a predetermined time [for example, a delivery time set by a parameter].
Beverages produced from the liquid and the extraction target are delivered from the extraction container by the pressure of the fluid supplied from the production means.
The parameter is a value [for example, transmission time] representing the predetermined time [for example, FIGS. 64 and 65],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The log relating to the manufacturing means is a signal indicating that the fluid has been supplied to the extraction container [for example, a valve opening control signal of the solenoid valve 73b].
If the number of fluid supplies [for example, the number of pressurizations] during the specified time is counted based on the log and the count result is larger than the reference number, the predetermined time [for example, delivery time] is a short time. [For example, FIGS. 64 and 65],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"A extraction container [for example, an extraction container 9] for containing a liquid and an extraction target is provided.
The manufacturing means is a device that supplies a fluid to the extraction container [for example, a compressor 70, a pipe L1, and a solenoid valve 73b].
Beverages produced from the liquid and the extraction target are delivered from the extraction container by the pressure of the fluid supplied from the production means.
The parameter is a value representing the pressure of the fluid supplied from the manufacturing means [for example, the value of the delivery pressure due to the air pressure from the compressor 70] [for example, FIGS. 66 and 67].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The log relating to the manufacturing means indicates that the fluid has been supplied to the extraction container.
If the number of fluid supply times [for example, the number of pressurizations] is counted based on the log and the count result is less than the reference number of times, the pressure [for example, the delivery pressure] is corrected to a high pressure. [For example, FIGS. 66 and 67],
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

Also,
"The manufacturing means is a crushing means [for example, a crushing device 5] for crushing roasted coffee beans to obtain ground beans, and the crushing means can adjust the grinding grain size of roasted coffee beans.
The log regarding the manufacturing means is a value that changes based on the resistance of the crushing means when crushing roasted coffee beans [for example, a current value or a power consumption value, which is a cumulative value, a maximum value, or a minimum value over a certain period of time. Value, average value]
The parameter is a value of the ground particle size [for example, FIGS. 62 and 63].
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. 』\
Was also explained.

If the value is lower than the threshold value based on the log, the grinding particle size may be corrected to a larger particle size.

Further, in the above description, any of the constituent requirements expressed as ~ means can be replaced with ~ part.

Subsequently, another example of displaying the recipe in the information display device 12 will be described with reference to FIGS. 68 to 71. As a general rule, the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 68 to 71 are used only for the explanations using FIGS. 68 to 71, and even when overlapping reference numerals are shown in other drawings, FIGS. 68 to 68 to 71. In the description using FIG. 71, the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 68 to 71 are prioritized.

FIG. 71 is a diagram showing another example of the display related to the recipe displayed on the information display device 12. In the present embodiment, as shown in the screen 2101 of FIG. 71 (a), the parameters of the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 can be displayed as a chart. In the present embodiment, the term "chart" includes the meaning of each expression form such as a figure, a table, and a graph. On the screen 2101, a chart 2102, 2103, 2104, 2105 showing the measured values in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 acquired based on the recipe and a recipe chart 2106 showing the values of the recipe parameters are displayed. In the screen 2101, the horizontal axis represents each control process of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 described with reference to FIG. 11 and the like, and the vertical axis represents the magnitude of each parameter.

Chart 2102 is a measured value of the pressure in the extraction container 9, and chart 2103 is a measured value of the temperature of the pouring portion 10c of the coffee beverage. Further, the chart 2104 is a measured value of the temperature of the flow path, for example, a measured value of the temperature sensor 73e provided in the pipe L3. Further, the chart 2105 is a measured value of the hot water temperature in the water tank 72. These measured values are not limited to those shown in FIG. 71 (a), and other values measured in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 may be displayed.

The recipe chart 2106 shows the parameters of the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and FIG. 71 (a) shows the pressure in the extraction container 9 among the parameters of the registered recipe. In FIG. 71 (a), the pressure in the extraction container 9 is shown as an example of the recipe chart 2106, but other parameters such as the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 may be used. The screen 2101 as shown in FIG. 71 (a) may allow the user to compare the parameters represented by the recipe with the measured values in the beverage maker 1. The user may be a staff member or an administrator who provides a coffee beverage by the beverage production apparatus 1, or a general customer who has ordered a coffee beverage.

Hereinafter, the process of displaying the screen 2101 of FIG. 71A will be described.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing an example of the screen 1901 for displaying the screen 2101 of FIG. 71 (a). The screen 1901 is, for example, a maintenance screen that can be viewed by the administrator of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. On the screen 1901, for example, the status of each part such as the motor driver and the water level sensor, the execution items of the test mode, and the like are displayed. The button 1902 on the screen 1901 is an instruction button for displaying the screen 2101 based on the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the button 1902 is pressed, for example, the table-type recipe displayed as shown in FIG. 70 is switched to the recipe chart 2106 on the screen 2101 and displayed.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing an example in which each parameter of the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is displayed in a table format. The recipe 2001 of FIG. 70 may be acquired based on the contents set on the setting screen displayed on the mobile terminal 17 shown in FIG. 10, or may be set on the screen 1901. It may be based on the content. Alternatively, it may be based on the content received on the information display device 12 when the coffee beverage is delivered by the beverage manufacturing device 1. The recipe 2001 is acquired, for example, by pressing the load button 1909 on the screen 1901, and is displayed by pressing the recipe change button 1908. That is, the user may be able to temporarily display the registered recipe information in a table format and display the chart on the screen 2101 by pressing the button 1902. The set value 2002 of the recipe 2001 indicates the set value received on the setting screen, and the transmission value 2003 is a value for controlling the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The set value 2002 and the transmission value 2003 are in a unit-converted relationship. For example, the transmission value 2003 with respect to the extraction time "8" means a value converted to "8000" seconds.

The selection item 1903 on the screen 1901 accepts the selection of options when displaying the recipe on the chart. That is, the measured values for the items for which the selection has been accepted are displayed on the screen 2101 together with the recipe chart 2106. For example, when item 1905 is selected, chart 2105 is displayed on screen 2101. For example, when item 1906 is selected, chart 2104 is displayed on screen 2101. Further, for example, when the item 1907 is selected, the chart 2103 is displayed on the screen 2101. In the selection item 1903, a number of optional items corresponding to the types of measured values that can be displayed on the screen 2101 are displayed.

When the button 1902 is pressed with the item 1904 selected, only the recipe chart 2106 is displayed as shown in the screen 2111 of FIG. 71 (b). By such display control, the information displayed on the screen may be narrowed down, and the convenience of correcting the parameters of the user's recipe (changing the recipe) may be improved.

On the recipe chart 2106 on the screen 2111, the user can correct the recipe parameters by a touch operation or the like. As a user change operation, it is possible to accept the movement of points represented by black circles on the recipe chart 2106, for example, in the time axis direction or the parameter magnitude direction. At that time, when accepting the movement of one point in the magnitude direction of the parameter, the adjacent points are also moved in conjunction with each other in the process. For example, when the point 2112 in the "post-rotation weight" process is moved in the direction of increasing the pressure value (that is, the upward direction in the figure), the adjacent point 2113 in the "post-rotation weight" process is also linked to increase the pressure value. Move in the direction of increasing.

In the above, when the item 1904 is selected, only the recipe chart 2106 is displayed, but it may be displayed together with the items selected in the items 1905 to 1907. With such a configuration, the user may be able to make changes to the recipe while comparing it with the desired measured value. When the save button 1910 on the screen 1901 is pressed after receiving the correction of the recipe parameters on the screen 2111, the recipe including the changed parameter information is registered as the changed recipe. Further, although an example of modifying the recipe chart 2106 to modify the recipe has been shown, a chart having measured values 2102 to 2105 or the like may be registered as a recipe and called up at the time of beverage production to be used as a recipe. Further, the charts such as the measured values 2102 to 2105 are modified on the screen 2101 by the same method as the method exemplified as the modification method of the recipe chart 2106 (for example, touch operation) and registered as a recipe at the time of beverage production. It may be called to and made available as a recipe. Further, although the target pressure chart in the extraction container 9 has been illustrated as a recipe chart showing the value of the recipe parameter, the target hot water amount chart in a predetermined place (for example, the extraction container 9) inside the coffee machine, The temperature chart and water temperature chart are displayed as a recipe chart on the screen 2101, modified by the same method as the method illustrated as the modification method of the recipe chart 2106 (for example, touch operation), and registered as a recipe for beverage production. It may be called up and made available as a recipe.

FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing the display process of the recipe chart. The process of FIG. 68 is realized, for example, by the processing unit 11a loading and executing the program stored in the storage unit 11b.

In S101, the processing unit 11a waits for acceptance of the instruction for displaying the recipe chart 2106. Here, the instruction for displaying the recipe chart 2106 is, for example, pressing the button of the button 1902. If it is determined that the instruction for displaying the recipe chart 2106 has been accepted, the process proceeds to S102.

In S102, the processing unit 11a acquires option information for displaying the recipe chart 2106. Here, the option information is, for example, the selection information of the items 1904 to 1907 of the selection item 1903.

In S103, the processing unit 11a generates display data based on the option information acquired in S102. For example, each measured value of the item selected in the items 1905 to 1907 is acquired, and display data for displaying the chart is generated. Further, based on the recipe 2001 of FIG. 70, display data for displaying the recipe chart 2106 is generated. In S104, the processing unit 11a causes the information display device 12 to display the data based on the display data generated in S103. At that time, either the screen 2101 or the screen 2111 may be controlled to be displayed according to the selection status of the selection item 1903.

In S105, the processing unit 11a determines whether or not there is a correction for the recipe chart 2106. For example, if the point 2112 is moved on the screen 2111 and the save button 1910 on the screen 1901 is pressed, it is determined that there is a correction for the recipe chart 2106. If it is determined that there is no correction for the recipe chart 2106, the process of FIG. 68 ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is a correction for the recipe chart 2106, the process proceeds to S106.

In S106, the processing unit 11a registers the recipe including the corrected parameter on the screen 2111 as the modified recipe. At that time, the changed recipe may be registered (that is, updated) in place of the recipe before the change, or may be registered by accepting the designation of another name together with the recipe before the change. After S106, the process of FIG. 68 ends.

In the above description, the screens of FIGS. 69 to 71 are described as being displayed on the information display device 12. However, it may be displayed on a device different from the beverage manufacturing device 1 instead of the information display device 12. For example, the screens of FIGS. 69 to 71 may be displayed on the mobile terminal 17 shown in FIG. 10 or the PC connected to the communication network 15. In that case, the processing unit 11a transmits data (for example, an HTML file) for displaying the screens of FIGS. 69 to 71 to the mobile terminal 17 or the PC in the system via the communication network 15. With such a configuration, for example, a user (for example, an administrator) in a remote place changes the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing device 1 on his / her own maintenance PC, and the content of the changed recipe. Can be transmitted to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

The recipe chart display process shown in FIG. 68 may be executed by the processing unit of the information display device 12 by loading the program stored in the storage unit.

<Summary of Embodiment>
The beverage manufacturing apparatus of the above embodiment has a display control means (S104) for displaying a chart of registered recipe parameter information on the display units (12, 17), and the parameter displayed by the display control means. It is characterized by including a receiving means (S105) for accepting a change operation for information and a registration means (S106) for registering a recipe containing information on parameters changed by the change operation as a changed recipe. With such a configuration, when the information of the parameter of the recipe is displayed in a chart and the change operation for the information of the parameter is accepted, the recipe including the information of the changed parameter can be registered as the changed recipe.

Further, the change operation is a change operation for at least one of the magnitude of the parameter and the time width (FIG. 71 (b)). Further, the change operation is a change operation on the chart (FIG. 71 (b)). With such a configuration, it is possible to accept a change operation for at least one of the parameter size and the time width on the chart.

Further, the display control means is characterized in that the measured value obtained based on the registered recipe is further displayed on the display unit (FIG. 71 (a)). With such a configuration, for example, the change in pressure obtained based on the recipe can be displayed.

Further, the acquisition means (1909) for acquiring the information of the parameter represented by the registered recipe is further provided. With such a configuration, for example, it is possible to acquire information on parameters stored in a table format.

Further, the display unit (12) is provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus. Further, the display unit (17) is provided in a device different from the beverage manufacturing device. With such a configuration, the recipe parameter information can be displayed in a chart on a display unit provided in the beverage manufacturing device or a display unit provided in a device different from the beverage manufacturing device.

Next, using FIGS. 72-114, it is easy for the user receiving the beverage to select at least one of the beverage type, the beverage raw material, and the beverage manufacturing method based on the desired characteristics of the beverage. I will explain the device that I made. As a general rule, the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 72 to 114 will be used only for the explanations using FIGS. 72 to 114, and even when overlapping reference numerals are shown in other drawings, FIGS. 72 to 72 to 114 are used. In the description using FIG. 114, the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 72 to 114 are prioritized.

First, an application system (hereinafter, simply referred to as a system) including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 72. FIG. 72 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of the system 1200 including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The system 1200 includes a server 1201, a mobile terminal 1202, an information display device 1203, and a beverage manufacturing device 1204. Here, the beverage manufacturing device 1204 corresponds to the beverage manufacturing device 1, and the information display device 1203 corresponds to the information display device 12. The mobile terminal 1202 is, for example, a smartphone owned by the user. The server 1201, the mobile terminal 1202, and the information display device 1203 are connected to each other so as to be able to communicate with each other via a network 1205 such as the Internet. The information display device 1203 and the beverage production device 1204 exist, for example, in a store that provides coffee beans and beverages, and are close to Bluetooth (registered trademark) or the like between the mobile terminal 1202 owned by the user and the information display device 1203. Range wireless communication is feasible.

In the system 1200, the server 1201 can provide various services (functions) related to coffee by the application downloaded to the mobile terminal 1202. The functions provided by the server 1201 include, for example, a service related to points that can be used in stores (cafes, etc.), a coffee bean mail order site service, a review service related to purchasing comments and ratings, and a custom recipe service described later. Further, the service provided by the server 1201 is not limited to them, and for example, a cafe search service or processing the shooting data taken by the mobile terminal 1202 in order to upload the coffee ordered by the user to the SNS. Services may be included. The user can enjoy various services related to coffee as described above by starting the application downloaded from the server 1201 by clicking or the like.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing the configuration of the server 1201. The processing unit 1301 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the server 1201 in an integrated manner. The operation of the server 1201 in this embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1301 loading the program stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing the program. The memory 1302 is also used as a working memory for the CPU of the processing unit 1301. The storage unit 1303 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the server 1201. Further, a database 1309 of various species is constructed in the storage unit 1303, and a database is constructed based on, for example, review information, comment information, and recipe custom information transmitted from the mobile terminal 1202 of each user. The storage unit 1303 also stores various types of applications 1310, for example, applications that can provide the above services. The user can download the application to the mobile terminal 1202 by accessing the server 1201 via the mobile terminal 1202.

The communication interface (I / F) 1304 is configured according to the medium of the network 1205, such as wired or wireless. The display unit 1305 is, for example, a display, and displays, for example, a user interface screen to an administrator who constructs the database 1309. Further, the operation unit 1306 is, for example, a keyboard or a mouse, and can accept operations from an administrator.

The data processing unit 1307 includes, for example, a GPU, and executes processing based on big data transmitted from the mobile terminal 1202 of each user. The big data transmitted from the mobile terminal 1202 of each user may be constructed as the database 1309, or the processing result in the data processing unit 1307 may be constructed as the database 1309. The parts of FIG. 73 can be connected to each other via the bus 1308.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing the configuration of the mobile terminal 1202. As described above, the mobile terminal 1202 is, for example, a smartphone owned by the user. The processing unit 1401 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the mobile terminal 1202 in an integrated manner. The operation of the mobile terminal 1202 in this embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1401 loading the program stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing the program. The memory 1402 is also used as a working memory for the CPU of the processing unit 1401. The storage unit 1403 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the mobile terminal 1202. Further, the storage unit 1403 stores the application 1310 downloaded from the server 1201.

The microphone 1404 inputs a user's voice, and the speaker 1405 outputs another user's voice or reproduces a message based on predetermined voice data. The imaging unit 1406 is a camera and generates imaging data of still images and moving images. The display unit 1407 is a touch panel, and displays, for example, an icon for starting the application 1310 and various types of user interface screens related to the application 1310. In addition, the display unit 1407 can accept operations from the user via the touch panel. The operation unit 1408 can accept operations from the user, and is, for example, a power button or a volume control button.

The communication I / F 1409 is configured according to the medium of the network 1205 such as wired and wireless. The short-range wireless communication I / F 1410 communicates by a communication method different from the communication by the communication I / F 1409, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In this aspect, the mobile terminal 1202 can transmit the custom information of the recipe and the like to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I / F 1410. The parts of FIG. 74 can be connected to each other via the bus 1411.

FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the configuration of the information display device 1203. As described above, the information display device 1203 corresponds to the information display device 12. The processing unit 1501 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the information display device 1203 in an integrated manner. The operation of the information display device 1203 in this embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1501 loading the program stored in the storage unit 1503 into the memory 1502 and executing the program. The memory 1502 is used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1501. The storage unit 1503 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the information display device 1203.

The communication I / F 1504 is configured according to the medium of the network 1205 such as wired and wireless. The short-range wireless communication I / F1505 communicates by a communication method different from the communication by the communication I / F1504, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In this aspect, the information display device 1203 can receive the custom information of the recipe and the like from the mobile terminal 1202 via the short-range wireless communication I / F 1505.

The display unit 1507 is a touch panel and displays a user interface screen for the user to use the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204. In addition, the operation unit 1508 can accept operations from the user and includes a hardware key for determination and the like. When the display unit 1507 is a touch panel, the operation unit 1508 may be realized as a software key on the touch panel.

The imaging unit 1509 is a camera and generates imaging data of a still image. The imaging unit 1509 can, for example, image the beans brought into the store by the user, or image the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. By imaging the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202, the information display device 1203 communicates with the mobile terminal 1202 other than the communication by the communication I / F 1504 or the short-range wireless communication I / F 1505. Communication method becomes possible. The main body I / F 1506 is an interface unit with the control device 11, and for example, transmits coffee bean selection information and extraction profile information set by the user to the control device 11 via the display unit 1507 and the operation unit 1508. .. The parts of FIG. 75 can be connected to each other via the bus 1510.

FIG. 76 is a diagram for explaining a flow from a user customizing a recipe using the mobile terminal 1202 to extracting coffee by the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204 in the system 1200.

First, the user starts the application 1310 downloaded from the server 1201 in advance by clicking the icon displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202 (step 1601). When the application 1310 is started on the mobile terminal 1202, a login screen for logging in to the server 1201 is displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. The user inputs the ID and password acquired in advance on the login screen (step 1602). If the authentication on the server 1201 is successful, the server 1201 returns the TOP screen of the application 1310 to the mobile terminal 1202.

FIG. 78 is a diagram showing an example of the TOP screen of the application 1310 displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. The name "ABC application" of the application 1310 is displayed in the display area 1801. Further, in the display area 1802, the current possession points possessed by the user are displayed. The user can use this point to purchase coffee beans, for example, at an online shop. In the display area 1803, services that can be provided by the application 1310 are listed. The user can click each display area 1804, 1805, 1806, 1807, and when any one of them is clicked, the screen of the service is displayed.

The display area 1804 is a store search service, and for example, a user can search for a cafe of a point service member store. The display area 1805 is a review service, for example, the user can post and evaluate comments about the cafe visited. The display area 1806 is a coffee bean mail order service, and a user can browse an online shop for coffee beans and purchase coffee beans. The display area 1807 is a custom recipe service that allows the user to adjust the extraction profile on the mobile terminal 1202.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks the display area 1805. In the display area 1901, the name "ABC application" of the application 1310 is displayed. In addition, rating information is displayed in the display area 1902, and the user can evaluate the coffee purchased at the visited cafe. Further, a comment field is displayed in the display area 1903, and the user can input a comment about the cafe visited. When the post button 1904 is pressed, the content entered by the user in this review service is confirmed. In this embodiment, when the content is confirmed by pressing the post button 1904, the confirmed content is transmitted to the server 1201. With such a configuration, the server 1201 can collect review information from each user and analyze it by the data processing unit 1307.

FIG. 80 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks the display area 1807. The user can adjust the amount of hot water extracted and the like on the mobile terminal 1202 from the screen of FIG. 80. The screen of FIG. 80 is basically the same as the setting items displayed on the information display device 1203, and the user adjusts the amount of hot water extracted on the mobile terminal 1202 to a desired value before visiting the cafe. Can be kept.

The display area 2001 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of beans. Further, the display area 2002 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the grinding particle size. In addition, the display area 2003 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of steamed water. Further, the display area 2004 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the steaming time. Further, the display area 2005 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of hot water to be extracted. Further, the display area 2006 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the extraction pressure. Further, the display area 2007 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the extraction time.

The button 2008 is a button for confirming the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007. In the case of FIG. 80, when the button 2008 is pressed, the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007 are saved and the two-dimensional code is displayed. The user can convey the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007 to the information display device 1203 by visiting the cafe and holding the two-dimensional code displayed on the mobile terminal 1202 over the image pickup unit 1509 of the information display device 1203. Button 2008 does not have to be a button for displaying a two-dimensional code. For example, it may be a button for confirming and saving the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007, and the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007 are transmitted to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I / F 1410. You can do it.

By enabling parameter adjustment for coffee beverage extraction as shown in FIG. 80 on the mobile terminal 1202, the user can easily experience the feeling of coffee extraction operation like a barista. In this aspect, the parameters for the extraction of coffee beverages as shown in FIG. 80 are referred to as extraction profiles or recipes.

Again, see FIG. 76. When the mobile terminal 1202 receives the TOP screen from the server 1201 in step 1603, the user clicks the display area 1807 to adjust and set the extraction profile on FIG. 80 (step 1604). Then, as described above, the user visits the cafe and transmits the setting information from the mobile terminal 1202 to the information display device 1203 (step 1605). Here, the setting information is, for example, the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007 in FIG. 80. Further, the setting information may be transmitted by a two-dimensional code or by short-range wireless communication.

When the information display device 1203 acquires the setting information, the information display device 1203 transmits the setting information to the control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1204 via the main body I / F 1506 (step 1606). In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204, coffee beverages are extracted based on the setting information (step 1607).

FIG. 77 is a diagram for explaining a flow from a user customizing a recipe on the information display device 1203 to extracting coffee by the beverage manufacturing device 1204 in the system 1200.

In FIG. 76, the user adjusts the extraction profile on the mobile terminal 1202, whereas in FIG. 77, the user adjusts the extraction profile on the information display device 1203 at the cafe.

The user adjusts and sets the extraction profile on the user interface screen displayed on the display unit 1507 of the information display device 1203 (step 1701). Here, basically the same items as those displayed in FIG. 80 are displayed on the user interface screen. When the information display device 1203 acquires the setting information, the information display device 1203 transmits the setting information to the control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1204 via the main body I / F 1506 (step 1702). In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204, coffee beverages are extracted based on the setting information (step 1703).

FIG. 81 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks the display area 1807. The user can adjust any parameter of the extraction profile such as the amount of hot water to be extracted on the mobile terminal 1202 from the screen of FIG. 81. The screen of FIG. 81 is basically the same as the setting items displayed on the information display device 1203, and the user adjusts the amount of hot water extracted on the mobile terminal 1202 to a desired value before visiting the cafe. Can be kept. Since the display areas 2001 to 2008 are the same as those in FIG. 80, the description thereof will be omitted.

The service screen shown in FIG. 81 includes a "taste search" button 2101, an "image search" button 2102, a "history search" button 2103, and an "order" button 2104. The "taste search" button 2101, the "image search" button 2102, and the "history search" button 2103 acquire information (beverage information) regarding any of the beverage characteristic information, extraction profile, raw materials, and price from the server 1201. Pressed by the user when starting the process.

<First aspect>
In this aspect, the process executed by the mobile terminal 1202 when the user presses the "taste search" button 2101 will be described.

FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing the processing of the mobile terminal 1202. The process shown in FIG. 82 is realized by the processing unit 1401 loading the program (application) stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing the program (application).

First, in S2201, the processing unit 1401 controls the display unit 1407 to display a setting screen for acquiring beverage information. Details of the setting screen will be described later with reference to FIG. 83. The processing unit 1401 displaying the setting screen 2300 of FIG. 83 in S2201 advances the processing to S2202 and waits until the user operation is accepted via the display unit 1407, the operation unit 1408, or the microphone 1404. When the processing unit 1401 determines that the user operation has been accepted (Yes in S2202), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2203 and determines whether or not the operation received in S2202 is the pressing of the "reflect in recipe" button. to decide. When the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is not the pressing of the "reflect in recipe" button (No in S2203), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2204 and switches the characteristics used to acquire the beverage information. Judge whether or not. When the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is a characteristic switching (Yes in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2208 and updates the screen so that the characteristic switching display is displayed. If the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is not a characteristic switching (No in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2205 and determines whether or not the characteristic level has been selected. When the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is the selection of the characteristic level (Yes in S2205), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2206, and the information regarding the characteristics (characteristic information) from the storage unit 1403 of the server 1201 or the mobile terminal 1202. ) Is obtained. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2207 and updates the screen. The process when the "Reflect in recipe" button is pressed in S2203 (Yes in S2203) will be described later.

Next, FIG. 83 shows an example of the setting screen displayed in S2201. The setting screen 2300 includes a graph area 2301 and a legend area 2302. In the example of FIG. 83, it is assumed that only the axes are displayed in the graph area 2301 of the initial setting screen 2300.

In the example of FIG. 83, in the legend area 2302, the characteristics related to the taste of coffee (“bitterness”, “sweetness”, “sourness”, “aroma”, “aftertaste”, and “richness”) can be selected, and “bitterness” can be selected. , "Sweetness", and "Sourness" are selected. In the following description, unless otherwise specified, the parameters used to obtain coffee beverage information are referred to as "characteristics". The characteristic selected for acquiring the beverage information in the initial display of the setting screen may be stored in the program as a default value, or may be set by the user.

The graph area 2301 is set by the user as the axis of the graph (three-axis radar chart in this example) corresponding to the characteristics "bitterness", "sweetness", and "sourness" selected in the legend area 2302. "Bitterness" 2303, "sourness" 2304, and "sweetness" 2305 are displayed. Further, a plurality of values (levels) can be selected for each axis, and in this embodiment, it is assumed that an integer from 0 to 40 can be selected as the minimum level and the maximum level of each characteristic.

In this embodiment, it is assumed that each of "bitterness" 2303, "sourness" 2304, and "sweetness" 2305 can select a level from 0 to 40, but different characteristics are different from each other. At least one of the highest levels may be selectable. For example, the characteristic "bitterness" 2303 may be selectable from 0 to 40 levels, and the characteristic "sourness" 2304 may be selectable from 0 to 20 levels. Further, depending on the characteristics, the level does not have to be a numerical value, and may be, for example, "yes" or "no", or "weak", "medium", or "strong". That is, it suffices if a plurality of values can be taken for one characteristic. The level that can be selected for each of these characteristics may be stored in the program as a default value.

Here, it is assumed that the point 2306 corresponding to the level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" 2303 is pressed on the setting screen 2300 of FIG. In this case, since the operation received in S2202 is not the pressing of the "reflect in recipe" button (No in S2203), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2204. In S2204, it is determined whether or not the operation received in S2202 is a characteristic switching. Switching characteristics means that the selection of characteristics is changed in the legend area 2302 of FIG. Since the operation at point 2306 does not correspond to the switching of characteristics (No in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2205. In S2205, it is determined whether or not the operation received in S2202 is the selection of the characteristic level. Since the operation at point 2306 is the selection of the characteristic level (level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness") (Yes in S2205), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2206. In S2206, the mobile terminal 1202 acquires the characteristic information from the database 1309 of the server 1201 based on the characteristic level specified by the user operation.

Here, with reference to FIG. 101, an example of the data held by the database 1309 is shown. FIG. 101 (A) is a user information database (DB) 4110 that stores information about beverages ordered by the user. FIG. 101B is a preparation profile DB 4120 that stores the preparation profile ID and the corresponding preparation profile parameters. FIG. 101 (C) is a characteristic information DB 4130 that stores characteristic information, corresponding raw material information, and a profile ID for preparation.

The user information DB 4110 includes user identifier 4111, date and time information 4112, bean information 4113, production area information 4114, roasting degree information 4115, preparation profile ID 4116, machine information 4117, rate information 4118, and comment information 4119. The user identifier 4111 may be any information that can be identified by the user by the server 1201, and in one example, includes the user identifier (ID). In another example, the user identifier 4111 includes at least one of the user's email address, mobile terminal identifier, and user's name. The date and time information 4112 includes information corresponding to the date and time when the user ordered the beverage. Bean information 4113 indicating the type of beans, production area information 4114 indicating the origin of beans, and roasting degree information 4115 indicating the degree of roasting of beans are referred to as raw material information. Further, the preparation profile ID 4116 stores a key for acquiring the data stored in the preparation profile DB 4120. Machine information 4117 stores the identifier of the machine that prepared the beverage. The rate 4118 and the comment 4119 store the user's evaluation value and the comment 4119 for the beverage acquired through the service screen of FIG. 79.

The preparation profile DB 4120 includes a preparation profile ID 4121 and at least one of a bean amount 4122, a ground particle size 4123, a steaming water volume 4124, a steaming time 4125, an extraction water volume 4126, an extraction pressure 4127, and an extraction time 4128. And include. In one example, the preparation profile includes items in the display area of FIG.

The characteristic information DB 4130 includes bean information 4131, production area information 4132, roasting degree information 4133, preparation profile ID 4134, bitterness 4135, sweetness 4136, acidity 4137, priority 4138, and price 4139. Bitterness 4135, sweetness 4136, acidity 4137, etc. are characteristic information, and the characteristic information of the characteristic information DB 4130 is the characteristic "bitterness", "sweetness", "acidity", "fragrance" displayed in the legend area 2302 of FIG. , "Aftertaste", and "richness".

In one example, the user information DB 4110 is added with data when the user orders a beverage or when the user makes a rating or comment on the beverage ordered from the server 1201 via the mobile terminal 1202. Further, data may be added to the characteristic information DB 4130 by an authorized user such as a store selling coffee or a barista.

In S2206, the processing unit 1401 transmits the characteristic level (level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" in the example of FIG. 83) specified by the user operation to the server 1201 and requests the acquisition of the characteristic information. In one example, in S2206, the processing unit 1401 may acquire characteristic information based on the characteristic level (level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" in the example of FIG. 83) specified by the user operation. Upon receiving the characteristic level, the server 1201 determines from the characteristic information database whether or not data corresponding to the characteristic level specified by the user operation exists, and searches the data set including the matching characteristic level. .. In this aspect, the data set refers to one line of data stored in the characteristic information DB 4130. In the example of FIG. 101, the server 1201 is the data set of the characteristic information DB 4130 of FIG. 101, which is the data set corresponding to the level 30 of "bitterness" (A, COL (Colombia), light roasted 1, 30 , 20, 22, 5, 550) and transmit it to the mobile terminal 1202.

In one example, a dataset that has the same level of characteristic as the received characteristic and contains the lowest level of error may be specified. That is, a data set having a characteristic level different from the characteristic level transmitted from the mobile terminal 1202 may be specified. The mobile terminal 1202 that has acquired the data set from the server 1201 stores the data set in the memory 1402 or the storage unit 1403, and proceeds to the process in S2207.

In this embodiment, the characteristic information acquired by the mobile terminal 1202 from the server 1201 in S2206 will be described as being one or more data sets of the characteristic information DB 4130, but in one example, the data set having a priority of 4138 or the like will be described. It is not necessary to acquire some data.

In S2207, the mobile terminal 1202 updates the setting screen 2300. FIG. 84 shows a setting screen displayed when one characteristic information data set is acquired from the server 1201 after selecting the characteristic level in FIG. 83. The setting screen 2400 shown in FIG. 84 includes a graph area 2301 and a legend area 2302, similarly to FIG. 83. In the graph area 2301, in addition to the characteristic axes 2303 to 2305, the level corresponding to the characteristic (bitterness, acidity, and sweetness) selected as the axis in the acquired data set (bitterness level 30, acidity level 30). 22. Markers 2401 to 2403 are plotted on the sweetness level 20), and the respective markers are connected by line 2406. Further, on the setting screen 2400, the area 2404 for displaying the raw material information and the "reflect in the recipe" button 2405 are displayed in the acquired data set.

In this specification, when a predetermined number or less of data sets are acquired in S2206, the "Reflect in recipe" button 2405 is displayed in S2207. However, in one example, "Reflect in recipe". The button 2405 is always displayed, and may be pressed when a predetermined number or less of data sets are acquired in S2206.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 returns the processing to S2202 and waits until the user's operation is accepted.

Subsequently, on the setting screen 2400, the setting screen displayed when the user drags the point 2401 plotted on the bitterness level 30 to change the bitterness level from 30 to 22 will be described. Since this user operation also selects the characteristic level, the processing unit 1401 acquires the characteristic information again in S2206 of FIG. 82. In addition, it will be described assuming that one data set is acquired again in S2206. Then, in S2207, the graph area 2301 is updated.

FIG. 85 shows a setting screen displayed when the user drags the points 2401 plotted on the bitterness level 30 to change the bitterness level from 30 to 22 on the setting screen 2400. In this example, of the characteristics 2406, the point 2401 corresponding to the bitterness level 30 is changed to the bitterness level 22 by the user operation, and the point 2501 is based on the characteristic information acquired again based on the bitterness level 22. Updated to 2402, and 2502. Further, the area 2404 for displaying the raw material information may also be updated based on the acquired characteristic information. After that, the control unit 1401 returns the process to S2202 again.

Next, a case where the user taps the “rich” of the legend area 2302 to see the level of the characteristic “rich” of the current data set on the setting screen 2500 will be described. In this case, the user operation corresponds to the switching of characteristics (Yes in S2204). Therefore, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2208 and updates the screen.

FIG. 86 shows an example of a screen displayed when the user switches the characteristics used for searching the recipe on the setting screen 2500. In the graph area 2601 of the setting screen 2600 of FIG. 86, in addition to bitterness 2303, acidity 2304, and sweetness 2305, richness 2601 is displayed by a 4-axis radar chart in this example. As can be seen from the examples so far, the level of each characteristic is displayed by a radar chart of the number of axes corresponding to the number of characteristics selected by the user. Further, the processing unit 1401 acquires the level of the characteristic "richness" from the characteristic information acquired in S2206 and plots it on the axis of the richness 2601. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 returns the processing to S2202 and waits until the user operation is accepted. Although the description is omitted, the operation of hiding (reducing) the characteristics used for acquiring the beverage information and the operation of displaying or hiding a plurality of characteristics at the same time can be realized by the same processing.

Subsequently, on the setting screen 2600 of FIG. 86, the operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user presses the “reflect in recipe” button 2405 will be described. When it is determined that the processing unit 1401 has accepted the user operation (Yes in S2202), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2203 and determines whether the "reflect in recipe" button has been pressed. In this example, it is determined that the "Reflect in recipe" button has been pressed (Yes in S2203), the process proceeds to S2209, and the preparation profile is acquired.

In S2209, the processing unit 1401 transmits the preparation profile ID included in the acquired characteristic information to the server 1201 via the communication I / F1409 or the short-range wireless communication I / F1410. The server 1201 that has received the preparation profile ID from the mobile terminal 1202 acquires the preparation profile from the preparation profile DB 4120 based on the preparation profile ID and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1202. The mobile terminal 1202 that has received the preparation profile advances the process to S2210, and transitions from the setting screen 2600 to the service screen shown in FIG. 81.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2211, and reflects the acquired preparation profile in the parameters of the display areas 2001 to 2007 of the service screen. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2212 and waits until the user presses the order button 2104. It should be noted that any parameter of the service screen display areas 2001 to 2007 may be changed by the time the user presses the order button 2104.

When the user presses the order button 2104 (Yes in S2212), the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2213 and outputs the preparation profile. In one example, the mobile terminal 1202 may transmit the setting information including the preparation profile to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I / F or the communication I / F 1409 (step 1605). Alternatively, the mobile terminal 1202 may display a two-dimensional bar code such as a QR code (registered trademark) on the display unit 1407, and transmit setting information including a preparation profile to the image pickup unit 1509 of the information display device 1203.

As described above, in the present embodiment, by selecting the characteristic level related to the taste of the beverage from the range of the characteristic level, the beverage information corresponding to the selected level can be acquired. This allows the user to identify the beverage, the beverage ingredient, or the beverage preparation profile from the user's own preferences.

Also, in this aspect, one or more properties with respect to the beverage can be selected, and the range of levels of the displayed properties can be changed according to the selection of the one or more properties. This makes it possible to acquire beverage information using the characteristics that the user is particular about.

Further, in this aspect, at least one of raw material information and preparation profile information is acquired as beverage information. This allows the beverage maker to be controlled to prepare the specified beverage based on the level selected by the user.

Further, in this aspect, at least a part of the acquired characteristic information is output to the beverage manufacturing apparatus. This allows the user to control the beverage production device to prepare a pre-specified beverage.

Further, in this embodiment, at least a part of beverage information is output via either short-range wireless communication or a two-dimensional bar code. As a result, the beverage manufacturing apparatus can be controlled without direct operation.

In this embodiment, an example in which the level of each characteristic is displayed by a radar chart is shown, but it may be displayed in another embodiment. For example, labels for each characteristic (for example, "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", etc.) are arranged in the row direction, and the level of each characteristic is expressed by the number of coffee bean icons arranged in the column direction of the corresponding row. It may be displayed in a form that is easy for the user to understand, such as displaying in a form like a bar graph.

<Second aspect>
In the first aspect, in the setting screen displayed in S2201 of FIG. 82, only the axes corresponding to the characteristics are displayed in the graph area, and the user selects the level of the characteristics not registered in the database of the server. there is a possibility. In the second aspect, the display corresponding to the level of the characteristic registered in the database of the server is performed, and the index that should be a guide when the user selects the level is displayed. The description of the configuration or processing similar to that of the first aspect will be omitted.

FIG. 87 is a flowchart showing the details of the process of S2201 according to the second aspect. In S2701, the processing unit 1401 acquires the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2702 and displays the setting screen including the characteristic information included in the acquired data set. After that, the process proceeds to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of the first aspect, the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 88 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the second aspect. In this example, it is assumed that three data sets are stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201.

The graph area 2801 and the legend area 2802 are displayed on the setting screen 2800 of FIG. 88. In the graph area 2801, characteristic information 2807 to 2809 included in the three data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201 is plotted. By plotting all the data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 in advance in this way, the user can grasp what kind of options are available.

When the user taps level 30 (point 2806) on the bitterness axis 2803 plotted in the graph area 2801, the processing unit 1401 yes in S2202, No in S2203, No in S2204, and Yes in S2205. , And proceed to S2206. Subsequently, since the data set corresponding to the level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" is narrowed down to only the characteristic 2807, the screen is updated in S2207 so as not to display the characteristics 2808 and 2809 of the two data sets other than the data set. , The screen may be updated to the same as that shown in FIG. 84.

As described above, in this embodiment, the level of the characteristic registered in the database of the server can be displayed, and an index that should be a guide when the user selects the level can be displayed.

<Third aspect>
In the second aspect, all datasets are displayed in the graph area 2801. If the number of characteristic information data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201 increases, the visibility of the graph area 2801 may deteriorate. In the third aspect, the data set of the characteristic information registered in the database of the server is processed to display the range of the characteristic level that can be selected, and the index that should be used as a guide when the user selects the level is displayed. indicate. The description of the configuration or processing similar to that of the first aspect or the second aspect will be omitted.

FIG. 89 is a flowchart showing the details of the process of S2201 according to the third aspect. In S2901, the processing unit 1401 acquires the characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2902, and performs data processing described later on the characteristic information included in the acquired data set. After that, the process proceeds to S2903, and the initial display of the setting screen is performed. After that, the process proceeds to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of the first aspect, the description thereof will be omitted.

The data processing of S2902 is a process of specifying a range of characteristic levels based on a plurality of characteristic information. In one example, the range of the level of the same characteristic may be specified based on the minimum value and the maximum value of the level of the same characteristic contained in the plurality of characteristic information. That is, for each of all the characteristics, the minimum value and the maximum value of the level of the characteristic included in the characteristic information are acquired, and the minimum value to the maximum value is set as the "selectable level range" of the characteristic. May be good.

In another example, a range of selectable levels may be generated based on statistical values such as mean, median, variance, etc. of levels of the same characteristic contained in all characteristic information.

In one example, the processes of S2901 to S2902 may be executed by the processing unit 1301 of the server 1201. That is, the mobile terminal 1202 that executed S2201 requests the server 1201 to generate the initial display screen, and the processing unit 1301 identifies the range of the characteristic level based on the data of the database 1309 and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1202. You may. Then, the mobile terminal 1202 may display the range of the level of the received characteristic.

FIG. 90 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the third aspect. The graph area 3001 and the legend area 3002 are displayed on the setting screen 3000 of FIG. 90. The graph area 3001 displays a characteristic "bitter" axis 3003, a "sour" axis 3004, a "sweetness" axis 3005, and a selectable range 3006 based on the range of characteristic levels identified in S2902. There is. In the example of FIG. 90, it can be seen that, for example, the characteristic "bitterness" is in the range of levels 19 to 30 for all the data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130. Similarly, it can be seen that all datasets are in the range of levels 21-38 of the characteristic "sourness".

By displaying the range of the characteristic level generated based on the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 in advance in this way, it can be used as a guide when the user selects the level. Further, even if the number of characteristic information data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 becomes large, the user can select the characteristic level while maintaining good visibility.

When the user taps the level 30 (point 3007) on the bitterness axis 3003 plotted in the graph area 3001, the processing unit 1401 yes in S2202, No in S2203, No in S2204, and Yes in S2205. , And proceed to S2206. Subsequently, when the data set corresponding to the characteristic "bitterness" level 30 is narrowed down to one, the screen is updated in S2207 so as not to display the range of the characteristic level, and the screen is updated to the same screen as in FIG. 84. May be good.

As described above, in this embodiment, the range of selectable levels of the characteristics registered in the database of the server is displayed, and the index that should be a guide when the user selects the level is displayed. As a result, even if the number of characteristic information registered in the database becomes large, it is possible to display an index when the user selects the level of the characteristic while maintaining the visibility.

Note that FIG. 90 shows an example in which a selectable range 3006 based on a range of specified characteristic levels is displayed on a radar chart, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the user may be shown in a bar graph manner that the characteristic "bitterness" is in the range of levels 19-30. In such a case, the labels of each characteristic (for example, "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", etc.) are arranged in the row direction, and the white coffee bean icon in the column direction is placed in the row of the characteristic "bitterness". By arranging 12 black coffee bean icons in succession, followed by a predetermined number of white coffee bean icons, it is possible to indicate that the level is within the range of 19 to 30 by the black coffee bean icon. ..

<Fourth aspect>
In the third aspect, the range of characteristic levels of all characteristic information stored in the database is collectively displayed in the graph area 2801. In one example, by displaying the range of the characteristic level for each bean, it may be possible to use it as a guide when the user selects the characteristic level. In the fourth aspect, a mobile terminal that acquires characteristic information registered in a database of a server, processes each type of beans, and displays an index that should be a guide when a user selects a level will be described. .. The description of the configuration or processing similar to that of any of the first to third aspects will be omitted.

FIG. 91 is a flowchart showing details of the processing of S2201 executed by the processing unit 1401 of the mobile terminal according to the fourth aspect. In S3101, the processing unit 1401 acquires the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S3102 and extracts the characteristic information corresponding to one type of beans from the acquired data set.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S3103, processes the characteristic information, generates display data in S3104, and displays all kinds of beans contained in the acquired data set in S3105. Determine if data has been generated. When it is determined that the display data is not generated for all kinds of beans (No in S3105), the processing unit 1401 returns the processing to S3102 and extracts the characteristic information corresponding to another kind of beans. When it is determined that the display data has been generated for all kinds of beans (Yes in S3105), the processing unit 1401 proceeds to S3106 and performs the initial display of the setting screen based on all the generated display data. After that, the process proceeds to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of the first aspect, the description thereof will be omitted. The characteristic information processing of S3103 may specify the range of the characteristic level based on a plurality of characteristic information, as in the characteristic information processing of S2902.

FIG. 92 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the fourth aspect. In the example of FIG. 92, it is assumed that the data sets for the two types of beans (bean A and beans B) are stored in the characteristic information DB 4130.

The graph area 3201 and the legend area 3202 are displayed on the setting screen 3200 of FIG. 92. In the graph area 3201, the characteristic axes 3203 to 3205, and the characteristic level range 3206 of the bean type "A" and the characteristic level range of the bean type "B" as the display data generated in S3104. 3207 is displayed.

In this way, by displaying in advance the range of characteristic levels generated based on the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 for each type of beans, a guideline for the user to select a level. Can be. Further, by displaying the range of the characteristic level for each bean type, the user can grasp the characteristic level peculiar to a specific bean type.

Next, the operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user taps the point 3208 in FIG. 92 will be described. Point 3208 is the point of level 35 of the characteristic "bitterness", which is not within the range of the characteristic level of bean A 3206, but is within the range of the level of the characteristic of bean B 3207. ..

In this case, in one example, the range of characteristic levels of the dataset with the selected characteristic level may be displayed. FIG. 93 shows an example of the setting screen when the level 35 of the characteristic “bitterness” is tapped in FIG. 92. In the graph area 3201 of FIG. 93, axes 3203 to 3205 having the same characteristics as those of FIG. 92 are displayed, and a range of characteristic levels 3301 of the data set having the same characteristic level as the point 3208 is displayed. That is, in the example of FIG. 93, the user selects the point 3208, but it is an operation example when a plurality of data sets can be further selected.

The characteristic level corresponding to the point 3208 is included in the characteristic level range 3207 of the bean B only, and is not included in the characteristic level range 3206 of the bean A. Therefore, the characteristic level range of the bean A is included. Is not displayed.

Subsequently, the operation when the user drags and moves the point 3208 in the display of FIG. 93 will be described with reference to FIG. 94. FIG. 94 is an operation when the level of the selected characteristic is changed from the point 3208 corresponding to the level 35 of the characteristic “bitter” to the point 3402 corresponding to the level 32 of the characteristic “bitter”. In this case, although the point 3402 is within the range 3207 of the characteristic level of the bean B, but outside the range 3206 of the characteristic level of the bean A, the range 3206 of the characteristic level of the bean A is not displayed. Further, if the range of the characteristic level of the data set having the same characteristic level as the changed point 3402 changes, the range of the characteristic level changes from, for example, the range 3301 to the range 3401.

Subsequently, the setting screen displayed when the user taps the point 3209 in the display of FIG. 92 will be described. Point 3209 is the level 28 point of the trait "bitterness" and is included in the trait level range 3206 of bean A and the trait level range 3207 of bean B. Further, it is assumed that there are two data sets having the same characteristic level as the point 3209.

In this case, the processing unit 1401 may display the characteristic information contained in the two data sets, the raw material information 3501 and 3502 of the two data sets, and the "reflect in the recipe" button 3503. The user can acquire the preparation profile by pressing either the raw material information 3501 or 3502, selecting the selected state, and then pressing the "Reflect in recipe" button 3503 (Yes in S2203) (S2209). ).

Alternatively, the level of the characteristic "sourness" may be further selected. In that case, any dataset may be selected by tapping point 3504 or point 3505.

In the display of FIG. 95, the range 3206 of the characteristic level of bean A and the range 3207 of the characteristic level of bean B are continuously displayed, but two data sets having the same characteristic level as the point 3209. May be displayed and the ranges 3206 and 3207 may be hidden.

Further, in one example, when displaying a plurality of raw material information, the processing unit 1401 may recommend one of the beverage information based on the information contained in the data set. The operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user taps the point 3209 in the display of FIG. 92 will be described with reference to FIG. 96.

When displaying the raw material information 3501 and 3502, the processing unit 1401 displays the recommended raw material based on at least one of the priority information 4138 and the price information 4139 included in the data set. Further, in one example, the raw material in the characteristic information DB 4130 stores information on the bean stock, and the processing unit 1401 may display the recommended raw material based on the information on the bean stock.

As described above, in this embodiment, the range of the characteristic level registered in the database of the server can be displayed for each bean, and an index that should be a guide when the user selects the level can be displayed. ..

In one example, the range of the characteristic level may be displayed not for each bean but for each place of origin or degree of roasting.

<Fifth aspect>
In the first to fourth aspects, the user's preference is selected using any level of the characteristics "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", "aroma", "aftertaste", and "richness". In one example, it may be possible to change the characteristics for selecting the user's preference. A fifth aspect describes a process of changing the characteristics for selecting the beverage information to be acquired based on the image of the beverage.

In this aspect, when the "image search" button 2102 of FIG. 81 is pressed, the processing unit 1401 of the mobile terminal 1202 executes the process of FIG. 82. Further, in the process of S2201 of FIG. 82, the process shown in FIG. 97 is performed.

FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing a process of performing the initial display of the setting screen according to the fifth aspect. First, in S3701, the processing unit 1401 acquires the axis information from the server 1201. The axis information is information about the item of the characteristic used for acquiring the beverage information, and is, for example, the information about the item of the column of the characteristic information 4140 of the characteristic information DB 4130 of FIG. 101. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S3702 and acquires the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S3702, performs data processing on the characteristic information included in the acquired data set, advances the processing to S3704, and performs the initial display corresponding to the acquired characteristic information.

Subsequently, with reference to FIGS. 98 and 99, an example of the process of changing the item of the characteristic information 4140 stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201 will be described. FIG. 98 is a diagram for explaining a flow from extracting coffee to acquiring history information. Up to 1607, the process of extracting coffee is the same as that of FIG. 76, and the description thereof will be omitted.

When the coffee extraction is completed, the beverage brewing device 1204 transmits a completion notification to the information display device 1203 (step 3801). The information display device 1203 that has received the completion notification generates history information based on the setting information received in step 1605, and transmits the history information to the server 1201 (step 3802). In one example, the history information includes at least one of a preparation profile, a preparation profile ID, information about an identifier of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204, raw material information, a user identifier, and date and time information when an order is received. The server 1201 that has received the history information adds a record to the user information DB 4110 based on the history information. In one example, the record includes user information 4111, date and time information 4112, bean information 4113, origin information 4114, roasting degree 4115, preparation profile ID 4116, and machine information 4117 in the user information DB.

In addition, the user who drank the extracted coffee may transmit a comment and a beverage rate via the mobile terminal 1202 (step 3803). The comment may be input via the comment input screen of FIG. 79. For example, the rating information of the display area 1902 in FIG. 79 may correspond to the rate 4118 of the user information DB 4110, and the comment information of the display area 1903 is stored so as to correspond to the comment 4119 of the user information DB 4110. May be good.

Next, a process in which the server 1201 including the user information DB 4110 storing the user's history information extracts the characteristics of the beverage for the user to select the beverage based on the history information will be described with reference to FIG. 99. The processing of FIG. 99 is executed by the processing unit 1301 of the server 1201 at the timing when the server 1201 stores a predetermined number of history information, at a predetermined time interval, or at the timing specified by the server administrator.

First, in S3901, the processing unit 1301 acquires the data set of the user information DB 4110 from the database 1309. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3902, analyzes the comments included in the data set, and extracts words that are often included in the comments. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3903, and determines the characteristics of the beverage used by the user to search the beverage preparation profile based on the words contained in the comment information in large quantities. In one example, words that are often included in the comment information and are similar to terms already registered in the database 1309 as characteristics, such as "bitter" and "sour", may be excluded. Further, in one example, adjectives representing colors such as "redness" and "whiteness", which are recalled when drinking coffee, may be extracted to determine the characteristics. Further, in one example, nouns such as "blueberry" and "almond", which are recalled when drinking coffee, may be extracted to determine the characteristics. That is, the processing unit 1301 extracts words that can be an image of coffee based on a predetermined rule. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3904, registers the determined characteristic in the characteristic information 4140 of the characteristic information DB 4130, and registers the determined characteristic column in the characteristic information 4140.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3905, and acquires the comment information of the data set in which at least one of the bean information 4113, the production area information 4114, the roasting degree information 4115, and the preparation profile ID 4116 is the same. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the bean information 4113, the production area 4114, the roasting degree 4115, and the preparation profile ID 4116 all acquire the comment information of the same data set. In this embodiment, the comment information of all users will be acquired, but the comment information of only one user may be acquired, or the comments of some users may be acquired based on the age, address, or the like. May be obtained.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3906 and calculates the determined level of characteristics for the group of those datasets. In one example, the ratio of the number of comments using the determined characteristic word among the comments of the group may be used as the characteristic level. In addition, the level of the characteristic may be determined based on the number of individual users who use the determined word of the characteristic in the comments of the group. Alternatively, natural language processing may determine the level of the characteristic based on the distance between the characteristic and the group in the vector space and the distance between the characteristic and the comment in the vector space.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3907, and registers the calculated characteristic level in the data set that matches the raw material information and the preparation profile ID 4134 of the group of the characteristic information DB 4130. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3908 and determines whether the levels of all the characteristics have been calculated for the groups of all the data sets.

When it is determined that the levels of all the characteristics have been calculated for all the groups (Yes in S3908), the processing unit 1301 ends the processing of FIG. 99. If there is a group for which the characteristic level has not been calculated (No in S3908), the processing unit 1301 advances the processing to S3905 and calculates the characteristic level of another group.

FIG. 100 shows an example of a setting screen displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202 that has executed the process of FIG. 97. The graph area 4001 and the legend area 4002 are displayed on the setting screen 4000 of FIG. 100. The graph area 4001 displays a characteristic "redness" axis 4003, a "freshness" axis 4004, a "whiteness" axis 4005, and a selectable range 4006 based on the range of characteristic levels identified in S3703. Has been done. In this example, the axis information acquired by the processing unit 1401 in S3701 is displayed in the legend area 4002, and a predetermined number of axes are displayed in the graph area 4001. In the example of FIG. 100, it can be seen that, for example, the characteristic "redness" is in the range of levels 19 to 30 for all the data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130.

Since the processing after the initial display of the setting screen is the same as that described in the first aspect, the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the characteristics and the level of the characteristics related to the image of the beverage used for acquiring the beverage information have been described as being generated from the user's comments, but the characteristics related to the taste such as "bitterness" and "sweetness" have been described. Similarly, it may be set by the varistor or store, or it may be set by the user.

By displaying the characteristic level stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 in advance in this way, it can be used as a guide when the user selects the level. Further, by generating the characteristics and the level of the characteristics based on the comment information stored in the user information DB 4110, the image of the coffee felt by the user when drinking coffee can be quantified and displayed.

<Sixth aspect>
In the first to fifth aspects, the user's preference is selected based on characteristics such as the taste or image of coffee. In one example, a guide for the user to select a level of trait may be displayed based on preference information about the coffee ordered by the user. In the fifth aspect, a process of displaying the history information ordered by the user in association with the characteristics of coffee will be described.

FIG. 102 shows an example of a process for searching the preparation profile from the history information according to the sixth aspect and the information regarding the characteristics of the beverage.

First, in S3101 to S3106, similarly to the fourth aspect, the processing unit 1401 transmits the user information to the server 1201 and acquires the data set from the characteristic information DB 4130 stored in the server 1201 and is based on the data set. Display. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4201 and acquires data from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, it corresponds to the history information of coffee that the user has ordered based on the raw material information (bean information, production area information, and roasting degree) of the user information DB 4110 and the characteristic information DB 4130 and the profile ID for preparation. The characteristic information is acquired from the characteristic information DB 4130. Subsequently, the history information is displayed on the display unit 1409 on top of the characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of any of the first to fifth aspects, the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 103 shows an example of the setting screen according to the sixth aspect.

The graph area 4301 and the legend area 4302 are displayed on the setting screen of FIG. 103. In the graph area 4301, the characteristic axes 4303 to 4305, the characteristic level range 4306 generated in S3104, and the characteristic information 4307 and 4308 corresponding to the two historical information are displayed as the preference information generated in S4201. ing.

Next, with reference to FIG. 104, the operation when the user taps the point 4309 will be described. In this example, the point 4309 is not included in the characteristic information corresponding to the user's history information, and the characteristic information DB 4130 is described assuming that the characteristic information including the characteristic level corresponding to the point 4309 is one. .. When the user taps the point 4309, the processing unit 1401 identifies the characteristic information corresponding to the characteristic level of the point 4309 and displays it as the characteristic information 4401 on the screen. In addition, the processing unit 1401 may display the characteristic information 4401, the corresponding raw material information 4402, and the "reflect in recipe" button 4403.

In the example of FIG. 104, the characteristic level range 4306 and the preference information 4307 and 4308 of the characteristic information DB 4130 are displayed even after the point 4309 is tapped, but in one example, at least one of them is hidden. May be switched to.

Subsequently, in the legend area 4302 of FIG. 104, the setting screen displayed when the characteristic "Koku" is tapped to change the displayed characteristic is shown in FIG. 105. In the graph area 4301 of the setting screen 4300 of FIG. 105, in addition to the bitterness 4303, the acidity 4304, and the sweetness 4305 of FIG. 104, the richness 4501 is displayed. Further, the processing unit 1401 acquires the level or level range of the characteristic "Koku" for the characteristic information 4306, the history information 4307, 4308 and the tapped characteristic 4401, and plots them on the axis "Koku" 2601. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of the first to fifth aspects, the description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, in this embodiment, the level of the characteristics of the coffee ordered by the user can be displayed as the preference information. As a result, the user can grasp his / her own preference from the history of coffee ordered by the user.

In the sixth aspect, the characteristic level of the coffee ordered (purchased) by the user is displayed, but in one example, the preference information may be displayed based on the history of the characteristic level selected by the user. Good. In this case, the database 1309 may have a database that stores the level of the characteristic transmitted from the terminal to the server 1201 in association with the user identifier. Further, the preference information displayed on the terminal in such a case does not need to include a plurality of characteristic levels as in the history information 4307 of FIG. 103, and is displayed in that it has only one characteristic level. You may. Further, the history of the characteristic level selected by the user and the history of the characteristic level of the beverage purchased by the user may be displayed at the same time by performing processing such as assigning different markers. Alternatively, if the level of the characteristic of the beverage purchased by the user matches, the history of the level of the characteristic selected by the user and the purchase history may be displayed by not displaying the history of the level of the characteristic selected by the user. Preference information may be generated based on this.

In this embodiment, the range of the characteristic level of the characteristic information DB 4130 is displayed together with the user's preference information, but only the user's preference information may be displayed.

<Seventh aspect>
In the sixth aspect, the user's history information is acquired and displayed. In one example, the mobile terminal 1202 may process and display the user's history information.

FIG. 106 shows an example of the acquisition / display processing of the user's preference information according to this aspect. In S4601, the processing unit 1401 acquires the user information stored in the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. In the seventh aspect, the preference information is, as in the sixth aspect, the level of characteristics of the coffee that the user has ordered. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4602, and performs data processing described later on the history information included in the acquired data set. After that, the process proceeds to S4603, and the initial display of the setting screen is performed. After that, the process proceeds to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as at least one of the first to sixth aspects, the description thereof will be omitted.

The data processing of S4602 is a process of specifying a range of the characteristic level of coffee that the user has ordered in the past based on a plurality of characteristic information corresponding to the preference information. In one example, the range of the level of the characteristic may be specified based on the minimum value and the maximum value of the level of the characteristic of the plurality of coffees corresponding to the plurality of preference information (history information). That is, for each of the characteristics corresponding to all the history information, the minimum value and the maximum value of the level of the characteristic are acquired, and the range from the minimum value to the maximum value is "the range of the level of the characteristic corresponding to the history information". May be.

In another example, a range of selectable levels may be generated based on statistical values such as mean, median, variance, etc. of the characteristic levels corresponding to all historical information.

FIG. 107 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the seventh aspect. The graph area 4701 and the legend area 4702 are displayed on the setting screen 4700 of FIG. 107. In the graph area 4701, the characteristic "bitter" axis 4703, the "acidity" axis 4704, the "sweetness" axis 4705, the range of selectable characteristic levels 4706 stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104, and A range of 4707 characteristic levels based on historical information is displayed. In the example of FIG. 107, it can be seen that the range of the level of the characteristic based on the historical information, for example, the characteristic "bitterness" is in the range of levels 20 to 35. Similarly, it can be seen that the characteristic "sourness" is in the range of levels 19-28.

By displaying the range of the characteristic level based on the user information DB 4110 in advance in this way, it can be used as a guide when the user grasps his / her own preference. Further, even if the number of data sets of the user information DB 4110 becomes large, the user can select the level of characteristics while maintaining good visibility.

<Eighth aspect>
In the seventh aspect, the range of levels of beverage properties included in the user's purchase history is displayed. In one example, additional preference information may be used to display the user's own preferences in an easy-to-understand manner. In the seventh aspect, a process of displaying preference information based on the rating given by the user to coffee will be described.

FIG. 108 shows an example of a process of acquiring and displaying characteristic information corresponding to the preference information according to this aspect. In S4801, the processing unit 1401 acquires the preference information (user information) stored in the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4802, and extracts the preference information having the same rate information 4118 from the acquired preference information. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4803, and performs data processing on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information having the same rate information 4118. In one example, the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information preparation profile ID 4116 having the same rate information 4118 is specified, and the historical information having the same rate is supported based on the minimum and maximum values of the characteristic level. A range of levels of traits may be specified. In addition, a range of selectable characteristic levels may be generated based on statistical values such as mean, median, and variance of characteristic levels corresponding to historical information.

In one example, when the rate is a numerical value from 1 to 5, in S4803, for example, user information having a rate of 0 or more and less than 2, user information of 2 or more and less than 4, or user information of 4 or more may be extracted. That is, the rate information 4118 may be divided into different user information or the same group, and the history information may be grouped based on a predetermined condition. As a result, when the user performs the rating, the rating can be finely graded, while when the user displays the rating, the rating can be displayed so that the user can easily check the rating.

Further, in one example, the preference information used for generating the display data may be further selected from the grouped preference information. For example, up to 100 preference information may be selected in the order of newest date and time information 4112. This makes it possible to display a range of levels of coffee characteristics that the user prefers in response to changes in the user's preference over time.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4804 and generates display data in the range of the characteristic level corresponding to the preference information. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S4805, and determines whether or not the display data is generated based on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information for all types of rates. When it is determined that the display data is not generated for all types of rates (No in S4805), the processing unit 1401 returns the processing to S4802 and extracts the characteristic information corresponding to another type of rate. When it is determined that the display data has been generated for all types of rates (Yes in S4805), the processing unit 1401 proceeds to S4806 and performs the initial display of the setting screen based on all the generated display data. After that, the process proceeds to S4202. Since the subsequent processing is the same as that of the seventh aspect, the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, FIG. 109 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the eighth aspect. The graph area 4701 and the legend area 4702 are displayed on the setting screen 4700 of FIG. 109. In the graph area 4701, the axis 4703 of the characteristic "bitterness", the axis 4704 of the "sourness", the axis 4705 of the "sweetness", and the range 4706 of the level of the selectable characteristic stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104 are displayed. Has been done. Further, in the graph area 4701, a range of characteristic levels 4901 based on historical information having a rate of 0 or more, a range of characteristic levels 4902 based on historical information having a rate of 2 or more, and historical information having a rate of 4 or more are used. The range of characteristic levels 4903 is displayed.

In this way, by displaying the range of the characteristic level corresponding to the user's preference information in advance, it can be used as a guide when the user grasps the user's own preference.

<Ninth aspect>
In the sixth to eighth aspects, the user's preference information is also displayed in the initial display of the setting screen. In one example, the display of the user's preference information may be switched in the process of the user selecting the level of the characteristic. A ninth aspect describes a process of switching the display based on the date and time information when the user ordered coffee.

FIG. 110 shows an example of a process for displaying the setting screen according to the ninth aspect.

First, in S3101 to S3106 of FIG. 110A, the processing unit 1401 transmits the user information to the server 1201 and acquires the data set from the characteristic information DB 4130 stored in the server 1201 as in the fourth aspect. , Display based on the relevant data set. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5001 and performs the processing shown in FIG. 110 (B).

First, S5002 acquires data from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5003, and extracts the date and time information 4112 of the user information, that is, the preference information in which the date and time when the user purchased coffee matches a predetermined condition. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5004 and performs data processing on the history information. In one example, the data processing of S5004 may be similar to the data processing described in the seventh aspect. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5005, generates display data, and displays the display data in S5006 based on the display data.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S2202. Since the processing after S2202 is the same except for the option change operation described below, the description thereof will be omitted.

When the period option change operation is accepted in S2202, the operation is neither the pressing of the "reflect in recipe" button, the switching of the axis, or the selection of the characteristic level (No in S2203, S2204, and S2205), so the processing is performed. The unit 1401 advances the process to S5007. In S5007, the processing unit 1401 determines that the period option change operation is one of the option changes (Yes in S5007), advances the processing to S5001, and displays the preference information again.

FIG. 111 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the ninth aspect. The graph area 5101, the legend area 5102, and the option area 5103 are displayed on the setting screen 5100 of FIG. 111. In the graph area 5101, the characteristic "bitterness" axis 5103, the "sourness" axis 5104, the "sweetness" axis 5105, the characteristic information level range 5107 stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104, and the preference information. The range of characteristic levels 5108 corresponding to is displayed. In the option area 5106, "within a week", "within a month", "this time last year", and "all period" can be selected as the condition of the date and time information for narrowing down the preference information to be displayed in the graph area 5101. Is. When any of the selectable date and time information conditions is selected on the option area 5106, the processing unit 1401 determines that the operation for changing the period option has been accepted.

In the example of FIG. 111, "this time last year" 5109 is selected, and the characteristic information of coffee ordered from, for example, 13 months to 11 months ago, is displayed in the range 5108 from the date and time when the user is operating. Will be done. This allows users to keep track of the coffee they liked to drink last year. As a result, the user can grasp the change in the user's own preference over time.

The user can acquire the characteristic information by selecting the characteristic level, for example, on the graph area 5101. Since the operation when the user selects the level of the characteristic has been described in any of the first to eighth aspects, the description thereof will be omitted.

<10th aspect>
In the ninth aspect, the process of switching the preference information to be displayed based on the date and time information has been described. In one example, preference information of one or more users may be displayed. In the tenth aspect, a process of switching the preference information to be displayed by the user identifier will be described. The description of the configuration or processing similar to that of any of the first to ninth aspects will be omitted.

FIG. 112 shows an example of the process of displaying the preference information according to the tenth aspect. The process of FIG. 112 is a diagram showing details of the process of S5001 of FIG. 110 (A).

First, in S5202, the processing unit 1401 acquires preference information from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5203, and extracts the user identifier 4111 of the preference information, that is, the preference information whose user identifier matches a predetermined condition. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5204 and performs data processing on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information. In one example, the data processing of S5204 may be similar to the data processing described in the ninth aspect. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5205 and generates display data. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the processing to S5206, and determines whether or not the display data has been generated for the preference information of all the users to be displayed. When it is determined that the display data is not generated for the preference information of all the users to be displayed (No in S5206), the process is returned to S5203 and the preference information of another user is extracted. When it is determined that the display data has been generated for the preference information of all the users to be displayed (Yes in S5206), the process proceeds to S5207 and the display is performed based on the display data.

In this embodiment, the preference information is displayed for each user, but the preference information may be displayed for each group.

Further, as described in the first aspect, the characteristic information is input to the characteristic information DB 4130 by the varistor. Therefore, the characteristic information DB 4130 may be treated as preference information of a user called a "varistor". In that case, not all the data sets, but only the data set including the priority information 4138 satisfying a predetermined condition may be treated as the preference information of the "varistor". In other words, only the dataset recommended by the varistor may be treated as varistor preference information.

FIG. 113 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the tenth aspect. The graph area 5301, the legend area 5302, and the option area 5303 are displayed on the setting screen 5300 of FIG. 113. In the graph area 5301, the characteristic "bitter" axis 5303, the "sour" axis 5304, the "sweet" axis 5305, and the characteristic information level range 5307 stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104 are displayed. .. Further, in the graph area 5301, the range 5308 of the characteristic level based on the preference information of the varistor and the range 5309 of the characteristic level based on the user's own preference information are also displayed. In the option area 5306, at least one of the varistor 5311, the self 5312, the friend user A, and the friend user B can be selected as the condition of the user identifier for narrowing down the preference information displayed in the graph area 5301. When the selection of the selectable user is changed on the option area 5306, the processing unit 1401 determines that the operation for changing the user option has been accepted, and executes the process shown in FIG. 112 again. Point 5310 is a point within the range 5308 of the characteristic level corresponding to the preference information of the varistor and outside the range 5309 of the level of the characteristic corresponding to the user's own preference information.

Subsequently, the screen that is displayed again when the user taps the point 5310 in FIG. 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 114. The same reference numerals are used for the same components as those in FIG. 113. Further, in this example, it is assumed that the characteristic information corresponding to the characteristic level of the tapped point 5310 is the characteristic information 5404 and 5405.

In FIG. 114, characteristic information 5404 and 5405 corresponding to the characteristic level at point 5310 are displayed in the graph area 5301, raw material information 5401 and 5402 corresponding to characteristic information 5404 and 5405, and a “reflect in recipe” button 5403. May be displayed.

In this example, since the characteristic level of the tapped point 5301 is outside the characteristic level range 5309 corresponding to the user's own preference information, the range 5309 may be switched to non-display.

Further, the characteristic information 5404 is outside the range 5308 of the characteristic level in which the characteristic "acidity" of one of the characteristics 5303 to 5305 displayed in the graph area 5301 corresponds to the preference information of the varistor. On the other hand, in the characteristic information 5405, any of the characteristics 5303 to 5305 displayed in the graph area 5301 is included in the range 5308 of the characteristic level corresponding to the preference information of the varistor. Therefore, the processing unit 1401 may recommend the raw material information 5401 corresponding to the characteristic information 5405 from the raw material information 5402 corresponding to the characteristic information 5404. The processing unit 1401 may recommend any of the preparation profiles based on other factors such as price information as well as the user's preference information.

<Other aspects>
In this embodiment, the description has been made assuming that a preparation profile for output to the information display device 1203 is selected, but this embodiment may be used for other purposes. For example, the "reflect in recipe" function may be replaced with the function of purchasing coffee beans by mail order.

The first to tenth aspects may be combined arbitrarily. For example, by combining the third embodiment and the fifth embodiment, in the initial display of the setting screen, in addition to the taste characteristics such as "bitterness" of the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130, "redness" and the like The range of levels of characteristic of the image may be displayed.

Although it is decided that the user operates the device via the mobile terminal, the level of the characteristic may be selected via the information display device 1203.

In the present specification, an example of displaying at least one of a range of characteristics and historical information (preference information) that can be selected by a radar chart has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, if the characteristic "bitterness" is in the range of levels 19-30 and the characteristic "bitterness" of coffee that has been ordered is in the range of levels 15-20, the labels "bitter" in the row direction on the bar graph, respectively. The range of levels may be indicated as "Bitterness" and the label "Order History: Bitterness". Alternatively, on the label "bitter", two differently formatted lines may be used to indicate the range of selectable properties and the order history. Further, any type of graph such as a bubble chart and a line graph can be used.

The various aspects described so far disclose at least the following devices.
1. 1. The device of the above aspect (eg 1202, 1203) is
Display means for displaying a range of selectable beverage taste property levels (eg 2303, 3006), and
A reception means that accepts the user's selection of the level of the characteristic from the range, and
Acquiring means for acquiring beverage information (eg, 2404, 2406, preparation profile) corresponding to the received level of the characteristic, and
Have.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on the user's choice of level of trait.
2. In the above device
The labeling means displays a range of levels of a plurality of properties with respect to the taste of the beverage.
The receiving means accepts the user's selection of the level of the plurality of characteristics from the range.
The acquisition means acquires beverage information corresponding to the received levels of the plurality of characteristics.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on a plurality of selections of trait levels from the user.
3. 3. The above device
A second reception means that accepts the selection of taste-related characteristics of the beverage used to acquire the beverage information, and
A switching means for switching the display by the display means according to the selection of the characteristic received by the second reception means, and
Have.

According to this aspect, the user may be able to select the characteristics used to obtain the beverage information.
4. In the above device
The second receiving means accepts the selection of a plurality of characteristics regarding the taste of the beverage.
The switching means switches the display by the display means according to the selection of the plurality of characteristics received by the second receiving means.

According to this aspect, the user may be able to select a plurality of characteristics to be used for acquiring beverage information.
5. In the above device
The beverage information includes at least one of raw material information for preparing a beverage and information on a preparation profile.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present at least one of the information on the raw materials for preparing the beverage and the information on the preparation profile based on the selection of the level of properties from the user.
6. In the above device
The labeling means display a range of levels of taste-related properties of the selectable beverage associated with the ingredient.
When the selection of the level of the property received by the receiving means is included in the range of the level of the property associated with the plurality of raw materials.
It has a deciding means for determining whether to have the acquisition means acquire beverage information associated with any of the plurality of raw materials.

According to this aspect, even when there are a plurality of candidate beverage information to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire.
7. In the above device
The determination means determines, based on a user operation, whether to have the acquisition means acquire beverage information associated with any of the plurality of raw materials.

According to this aspect, even when there are a plurality of candidate beverage information to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire based on the user operation.
8. In the above device
The determination means determines whether to have the acquisition means acquire the beverage information associated with any of the plurality of raw materials, not based on the user operation.

According to this aspect, even when there are a plurality of candidate beverage information to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire without being based on the user operation.
9. In the above device
The beverage is a coffee beverage, and the information on the raw materials is the type of coffee beans.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to obtain beverage information about coffee beverages based on the selection of the level of properties.
10. In the above device
The preparation profile includes at least one of the amount of roasted coffee beans, the grain size of the ground, the amount of steamed water, the steaming time, the amount of hot water to be extracted, the extraction pressure, and the extraction time.

According to this aspect, beverage information including at least one of the amount of roasted coffee beans, the grain size of the ground, the amount of steamed water, the steaming time, the amount of hot water extracted, the extraction pressure, and the extraction time is obtained based on the selection of the level of characteristics. You may be able to.
11. In the above device
The taste properties of the beverage include at least one of bitterness, acidity, and sweetness.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to obtain beverage information based on the selection of the level of properties, including at least one of bitterness, acidity, and sweetness.
12. The above device
It has an output means for outputting at least a part of the beverage information acquired by the acquisition means to a beverage manufacturing apparatus for preparing a beverage.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to output at least a portion of the beverage information acquired based on the selection of the level of properties and control the beverage production apparatus to prepare the desired beverage.
13. In the above device
The output means outputs at least a part of the beverage information via either short-range wireless communication or a two-dimensional bar code.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to output at least a part of the beverage information to the beverage production device via either short-range wireless communication or a two-dimensional bar code without directly operating the beverage production device. ..
14. In the above device
In the display means, the lowest level, the highest level, the lowest selectable level, and the highest selectable level are indicated as the level of each characteristic.
The range of the level of the characteristic is the range from the lowest selectable level to the highest selectable level.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to select the level of property in which the corresponding beverage information is present.
15. In the above device
In the display means, the recommended minimum level and the recommended maximum level are indicated as the level of each characteristic.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to display a range of recommended levels.
16. The above device
When the receiving means receives the user's selection of the level of the characteristic from the range, the level of the characteristic related to the taste of the selectable beverage displayed by the display means or the characteristic related to the taste of the selectable beverage is displayed. Second switching means to switch the display of the level range,
Have.

According to this aspect, if the characteristic level is still selectable even after the user selects the characteristic level, the display may be switched to further select the characteristic level.
17. The method of the above aspect
A display step (eg, S2201) that displays a range of levels of characteristics relating to the taste of the beverage, and
A reception process (for example, S2205) that accepts the user's selection of the level of the characteristic from the range.
Acquisition step (for example, S22) to acquire beverage information corresponding to the received level of the characteristic.
06) and
Have.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on the user's choice of level of trait.
18. The program of the above aspect
The computer functions as each means of the device according to any one of 1 to 16 above.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on the user's choice of level of trait.

In the above explanation, coffee beverages are mainly targeted, but various beverages such as Japanese tea, black tea and other teas, and soups can also be targeted. It is also possible to distinguish between the two by using the coffee beans before grinding as the extraction raw material and the powdered coffee beans after grinding (ground beans of coffee beans) as the extraction target, but even coffee beans before grinding can be used as coffee. Even ground beans can be broadly extracted. In the present specification, an extraction target in a broad sense is simply referred to as an extraction target. Therefore, coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground roasted coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, and unroasted coffee beans can be extracted. Although beans and the like, powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in a pod, and the like have been exemplified, coffee beverages and the like have been exemplified as beverages, and coffee liquid has been exemplified as a beverage liquid, the present invention is not limited to these. In addition, as extraction targets, tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, grains, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms Crushed meat, dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms after heating, crushed dried mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, crushed fish such as eel, crushed fish such as eel, eel Such as fish dried after heating, fish such as black tea crushed after heating, seaweed such as black tea, crushed seaweed such as black tea, seaweed such as black tea heated Later dried products, crushed products such as black tea and other seaweeds that have been dried after heating, products that have been dried after heating meat such as cows, pigs, birds, etc., products that have been dried after heating the meat, etc. Any extract material may be used, such as crushed meat, cow bone, pig bone, bird bone, etc., which is dried after heating, crushed meat, etc., which is dried after heating. , Beverages such as Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, soup stock, soup, soup, etc., and beverage liquids include Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract. , Fruit extract, mushroom extract, fish extract, meat extract, bone extract and other extracts. In the examples, water, tap water, purified water, hot water, and wash water are described, but for example, water may be replaced with hot water, or hot water may be replaced with water. It may be replaced with the description, or all may be replaced with liquid, steam, hot water, cooling water, cold water, or the like. For example, if it is described that the extraction target (for example, ground beans of roasted coffee beans) and hot water are put in the extraction container 9, the extraction target (for example, ground beans of roasted coffee beans) and cold water (simply water) are used. It may be replaced with the description of putting it in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be regarded as an extraction method for watered coffee or the like or a beverage manufacturing apparatus.

The present invention is not limited to some of the embodiments and examples shown above, and these contents can be combined with each other without departing from the spirit of the present invention. May be changed. Further, it goes without saying that the individual terms described in the present specification are used only for the purpose of explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the strict meaning of the terms. The equivalent may also be included. For example, expressions such as "device" and "part" may be paraphrased as "unit" and "module".

1 Beverage production device 2 Bean processing device 3 Extraction device 4 Storage device 5 Crushing device 6 Separation device 7 Fluid supply unit 9 Extraction container 11 Control device 11a Processing unit 12 Information display device

Claims (9)

An acquisition method for acquiring recipes used in some or all processes of beverage production,
A processing means for executing a process for producing a beverage with reference to the parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means, and a processing means.
A manufacturing means that operates by the processing performed by the processing means to produce a beverage, and
Shooting means to take an image and
It is a beverage manufacturing device equipped with
The image taken by the shooting means can be saved in association with the recipe.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to claim 1.
A display means for displaying a part or all of the recipe is provided.
The display means displays an image saved in association with the recipe while displaying a part or all of the recipe.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to claim 1.
It is equipped with a display means for displaying a selection display for selecting one beverage from a plurality of beverages.
The processing means executes a process for producing a beverage by referring to the parameters included in the recipe of the beverage selected in the selection display.
The display means displays an image saved in association with the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to claim 3.
The display means displays, as the creator of the recipe, an image saved in association with the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to claim 3 or 4.
The manufacturing means processes the extraction target.
The recipe contains information to be extracted and contains information.
The display means also displays information on the extraction target included in the recipe of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to any one of claims 3 to 5.
The display means also displays the price of the beverage for each beverage in the selection display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to any one of claims 2 to 6.
The display means displays a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe.
The photographing means takes a picture in a state where the display means displays the recipe creation display.
An image taken by the photographing means while the display means is displaying the recipe creation display can be saved in association with a recipe completed by using the recipe creation display.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. The beverage manufacturing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
A storage means for storing the recipe is provided.
The acquisition means acquires the recipe from the storage means.
Beverage manufacturing equipment characterized by this. A method of creating a recipe that includes parameters for producing a beverage in a beverage production apparatus equipped with a display means and a photographing means.
A start step in which the display means starts displaying a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe, including an input for the parameter.
A shooting step of shooting with the shooting means while the recipe creation display is displayed on the display means, and
A storage step in which the image taken in the shooting step is associated with the completed recipe using the recipe creation display and stored in the storage means, and
A method of creating a recipe, which is characterized by having.

Images